The Kitchen as Laboratory

Transcription

The Kitchen as Laboratory
Reflections on the Science of Food and Cooking
Edited by César Vega, Job Ubbink,
and Erik van der Linden
M O R E T H A N F I F T Y I N T E R N AT I O N A L C H E F S , S C I E N T I STS , A N D CO O KS E X P E R I M E N T W I T H T H E P H YS I C S
AND CHEMISTRY OF THE IDEAL MEAL.
Eating is a multisensory experience, yet chefs and scientists have only recently begun to anatomize food’s
components, introducing a new science called molecular gastronomy and a new frontier in the possibilities of
the kitchen. In this global collaboration of essays, chefs,
scientists, and cooks put the innovations of molecular
gastronomy into practice, advancing a culinary hypothesis based on food’s chemical properties and the skilled
use of existing and cutting-edge tools, ingredients, and
techniques. As their experiments unfold, these pioneers
create, and in some cases revamp, dishes that answer specific desires, serving up an original encounter with gastronomic practice.
From the seemingly mundane to the food fantastic, from
grilled cheese sandwiches, pizzas, and soft-boiled eggs
to sugar glasses and gellified beads, these essays cover
a range of creations and their history and culture. They
discuss the significance of an eater’s background and atmosphere, the importance of a chef’s methods, and strategies for extracting and concentrating aromas, among
other intriguing topics. The collection will delight experts and amateurs alike, investigating how restaurants
rely more on “science-assisted” cooking and recreational
cooks increasingly explore the chemistry behind their art.
“Behind today’s celebrity chefs and
starred restaurants is a mostly unsung
army of dedicated food and science
lovers working to uncover the scientific
principles that make our modern gastronomical marvels possible. In searching out thirty-five highly readable and
often amusing essays by warriors in this
multinational kitchen army, the editors
of this anthology have accomplished
the great service of filling a muchneeded gap in the public’s understanding and appreciation of twenty-first
century culinary ‘magic.’ Where else
can one have fun pondering the acous-
C É SA R V E G A holds a Ph.D. in food science and a culinary degree from Le
Cordon Bleu, and is a senior scientist at Mars Botanical, a division of Mars, Inc.
He has consulted with several avant-garde restaurants on aspects relating to
science-based cooking.
tics of crunchy foods or how to make
an ice cream that stretches like a rubber band?” —Robert Wolke, University
of Pittsburgh Professor Emeritus of
J O B U B B I N K is a senior consultant at Food Concept and Physical Design in
Flüh, Switzerland. Trained as a physical chemist and biophysicist, he holds
more than twelve years of R&D experience in the food industry.
Chemistry, former columnist for the
Washington Post food section, and
author of What Einstein Told His Cook
E R I K VA N D E R L I N D E N is professor of physics and the physical chemistry
of foods at Wageningen University. He earned his M.Sc. degree in theoretical
physics and his Ph.D. at Leiden University and was awarded a postdoctoral
fellowship at Emory University.
$29.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-15344-7
$23.99t / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-52692-0
JANUARY
320 pages
FOOD / SCIENCE
ARTS AND TR AD I T IO NS O F THE TABL E :
PE R S PEC TI VES ON CU LI NARY HI STO RY
All Rights: Columbia University Press
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!1
Neurogastronomy
How the Brain Creates Flavor And Why It Matters
Gordon M. Shepherd
B AS E D O N T H E AU T H O R ’ S P I O N E E R I N G WO R K I N T H E
F I E L D, T H I S N E W B O O K O N S M E L L F O C U S E S O N T H E
R O L E O F S M E L L I N O U R P E R C E P T I O N O F TA S T E A N D
T H E E N S U I N G M E D I C A L , C U LT U R A L , A N D G A S T R O N O M I C I M P L I C AT I O N S .
Gordon M. Shepherd, a leading neuroscientist at Yale
University, embarks on an eye-opening trip through the
human brain’s “flavor system,” establishing the parameters of a new field: neurogastronomy. Challenging the belief that humans’ sense of smell diminished as they made
the leap from primate to human, Shepherd contends this
sense, the main element of flavor, is far more powerful
and important than we think.
Shepherd’s last book Creating Modern
Neuroscience: The Revolutionary 1950s
(Oxford University Press, 2008) was
named the 2010 Outstanding Book in
the History of the Neurosciences
Shepherd begins with the mechanics of smell, the way
it stimulates the nose as it hits the back of the mouth.
From the food we eat, the brain represents smells as
spatial patterns, and out of these, it constructs flavor. He
then considers the effect of the flavor system on many
contemporary social, behavioral, and medical issues. He
analyzes flavor's engagement with the brain regions controlling emotion, food preferences, and cravings, and he
even devotes a section to food’s role in drug addiction
and, building on Proust's iconic tale of the madeleine, its
ability to evoke deep memories. Shepherd discusses the
link between his research and trends in nutrition, dieting,
and obesity, particularly the challenge to eat healthy. He
concludes with human perceptions of smell and flavor
and their insight into the neural basis of consciousness.
Everyone from casual diners and amateur foodies to wine
critics, chefs, scholars, and researchers will be thrilled by
Shepherd's scientific-gastronomic adventures.
G O R D O N M . S H E P H E R D is professor of neurobiology at Yale School
of Medicine. He is the author of Creating Modern Neuroscience: The
Revolutionary 1950s and the third edition of Neurobiology; editor of
The Synaptic Organization of the Brain; and former editor in chief of the
Journal of Neuroscience. Having made important contributions to the
synaptic organization of the brain, his current research focuses on olfaction at the level of microcircuits and their construction of the spatial
$24.95t / £16.95 cloth 978-0-231-15910-4
$18.99t / £13.00 ebook 978-0-231-53031-6
DE CE MBE R
224 pages
SCIENCE
2!|!FA L L
2011
patterns of smell that are essential for the perception of flavor.
Meditations of a Buddhist Skeptic
A Manifesto for the Mind Sciences
and Contemplative Practice
B. Alan Wallace
A R A D I C A L A P P R O A C H T O T H E S T U DY O F T H E M I N D ,
C U LT I VAT I N G S O P H I S T I C AT E D O B S E R VAT I O N S O F
M E N TA L E V E N T S A N D S TAT E S O F C O N S C I O U S N E S S .
Renowned Buddhist philosopher B. Alan Wallace reasserts the power of shamatha and vipashyana, traditional
Buddhist meditations, to clarify the mind’s role in the
natural world. Raising profound questions about human
nature, free will, and experience versus dogma, Wallace
challenges the claim that consciousness is no more than
an emergent property of the brain with little relation to
universal events. Rather, he maintains that the observer
is essential to measuring quantum systems and that
mental phenomena (however conceived) influence brain
function and behavior.
P H OTO : Sarah Orbanic
Wallace embarks on a two-part mission: to restore and
then transcend human nature. Part one explains the
value of skepticism in Buddhism and science and the difficulty of merging their experiential methods of inquiry.
Yet Wallace emphasizes that Buddhist views on human
nature and the possibility of free will frees human nature
from the metaphysical constraints of scientific materialism. He then explores the radical empiricism inspired by
William James and applies it to the four schools of Indian
Buddhist philosophy and the Great Perfection school of
Buddhism. Since Buddhism begins with the assertion
that ignorance lies at the root of all suffering and the path
to freedom is reached through knowledge, Buddhist practice can be viewed as a progression from agnosticism (not
knowing) to Gnosticism (knowing), acquired through exceptional mental health, mindfulness, and introspection.
Wallace discusses these topics in detail, identifying similarities and differences between scientific and Buddhist
understanding, and concludes with an explanation of
shamatha and vipashyana and their potential for fathoming the nature, origins, and potentials of consciousness.
“Wallace displays courage in raising central Buddhist themes such as past-life
recall, extrasensory perception, other
paranormal abilities, and the realization
of emptiness and Buddha nature. In his
description of the tenets and practices
of Buddhism, Wallace is a true master.
His range and depth of knowledge
is astounding and his linking of this
knowledge to the practices and views
of science is nearly unique. ” —Arthur
Zajonc, professor of physics, Amherst
College, author of Catching the Light
B . AL A N WA LLAC E spent fourteen years as a Buddhist monk,
ordained by H. H. the Dalai Lama. He earned his doctorate in religious studies from Stanford University. His Columbia
$27.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-15834-3
University Press books are Mind in the Balance: Meditation in
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-53032-3
Science, Buddhism, and Christianity, Hidden Dimensions: The
DE CEM BE R
Unification of Physics and Consciousness, Contemplative
RELIGION / SCIENCE
Science: Where Buddhism and Neuroscience Converge, and Buddhism and
256 pages
Science: Breaking New Ground. A prolific writer who has translated numerous
Tibetan Buddhist texts, he is the founder and president of the Santa Barbara
Institute for Consciousness Studies (http://www.sbinstitute.com).
Second Read
Writers Look Back at Classic Works of Reportage
Edited by James Marcus and the Staff of the
Columbia Journalism Review
DISTINGUISHED AUTHORS AND JOURNALISTS REVISIT
T H E B O O K S T H AT S H A P E D T H E I R P E R C E P T I O N S ,
PROFESSIONAL METHODS, AND CAREERS.
featuring...
Rick Perlstein on Paul Cowan’s
The Tribes of America
Nicholson Baker on Daniel Defoe’s
A Journal of the Plague Year
Dale Maharidge on James Agee’s
Let Us Now Praise Famous Men
Robert Lipsyte on Paul Gallico’s
Farewell to Sport
Marla Cone on Rachel Carson’s
Silent Spring
Ben Yagoda on Walter Bernstein’s
Keep Your Head Down
Evan Cornog on A. J. Liebling’s
The Earl of Louisiana
Ted Conover on Stanley Booth’s
The True Adventures of
the Rolling Stones
and many more...
$24.50 / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-15931-9
$74.50 / £51.50 cloth 978-0-231-15930-2
N OVE MBE R
224 pages
L A N G U AG E A R T S / L I T E R A RY C R I T I C I S M
In the Columbia Journalism Review’s Second Read series,
distinguished journalists rediscover the works of reportage that inspired and informed their writing and careers.
As they revisit these seminal books, contributors address
such ongoing concerns as the conflict between narrative
flair and accurate reporting, the legacy of New Journalism,
the need for reporters to question their political assumptions, the limitations of participatory journalism, and the
temptation to substitute “truthiness” for hard, challenging fact. Representing a wide range of views, this collection embodies the diversity and dynamism of nonfiction
reporting and offers new perspectives on key works by
such figures as Norman Mailer, Tom Wolfe, Rachel
Carson, and Gabriel Garcia Marquez. The anthology also
highlights pivotal moments and movements in journalism while offering rare insight into award-winning writers and their innovative techniques.
The anthology includes, among many other enlightening essays, Rick Perlstein on Paul Cowan’s The Tribes of
America; Nicholson Baker on Daniel Defoe’s A Journal of
the Plague Year; Dale Maharidge on James Agee’s Let Us
Now Praise Famous Men; Marla Cone on Rachel Carson’s
Silent Spring; Ben Yagoda on Walter Bernstein’s Keep
Your Head Down; Ted Conover on Stanley Booth’s The
True Adventures of the Rolling Stones; Jack Shafer on Tom
Wolfe’s The Electric Kool-Aid Acid Test; Connie Schultz
on Michael Herr’s Dispatches; Michael Shapiro on
Cornelius Ryan’s The Longest Day; Douglas McCollam
on John McPhee’s Annals of the Former World; Tom
Piazza on Norman Mailer’s Armies of the Night; Thomas
Mallon on William Manchester’s The Death of a President;
Miles Corwin on Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s The Story
of a Shipwrecked Sailor; David Ulin on Joan Didion’s
Slouching Toward Bethlehem; and Claire Dederer on Betty
MacDonald’s Anybody Can Do Anything.
JA M E S M A R C U S is deputy editor of Harper’s Magazine and author of
Amazonia: Five Years at the Epicenter of the Dot-Com Juggernaut. He
has been published in many places, including The Paris Review, The
Nation, the Los Angeles Times, The Harvard Review, and Best American
Essays 2009.
4!|!FA L L
2011
The Best American Magazine Writing 2011
Edited by Sid Holt for the American
Society of Magazine Editors
With an Introduction by Jim Nelson
T H E A N N U A L S A M P L I N G O F AWA R D - W O R T H Y E S S AY S ,
N OW J O I N E D BY I N T E RV I E WS W I T H T H E W R I T E R S .
The Best American Magazine Writing 2011 will be one of
our richest collections to date, full of award-winning
pieces covering the year’s most intriguing events. Some
essays for the anthology created their own controversies,
such as Michael Hastings’s The Runaway General, which
forced the resignation of General Stanley McChrystal
within days of its being published in Rolling Stone; or
Jane Mayer’s Covert Operations (The New Yorker), which
exposed the Koch brothers’ plans against a Barack Obama
presidency and turned the duo into a powerful symbol of
corporatized politics.
This year’s award finalists winners include Scott Horton’s
investigation into inmate suicides at Guantanamo Bay
prison (Harper’s Magazine) and Robert F. Worth’s indispensable account of conflict and revolt in the Middle
East (The New York Times Magazine). It will feature an
entertaining array of profiles, criticism, and cultural commentary, such as Christopher Hitchens’s wry take on
the politics of cancer (Vanity Fair); Jonathan Van Meter’s
eye-opening portrait of Joan Rivers and her transgressive comedic genius (New York Magazine); and Jonah
Weiner’s extraordinary musical biography of Kanye West,
assembled from the artist’s tweets and blog (Slate). John
Donvan and Caren Zucker’s account of the world’s first
autism case in the Atlantic rounds out the volume, along
with a selection of fiction, such as Paul Theroux’s tale in
the Virginia Quarterly Review of a madman art collector
who acquires only to destroy the things he loves.
Now Featuring:
Interviews with several authors selected
for this anthology, speaking on their
craft, the use of sources, courting controversy, and the challenges of journalistic writing in an age of extreme
partisanship and internet news.
T H E A M E R I C A N S O C I E T Y O F M AG A Z I N E E D I TO R S is the principal or-
ganization for magazine journalists in the United States. ASME sponsors the National Magazine Awards in association with the Columbia
University Graduate School of Journalism.
J I M N E L S O N has been editor in chief of GQ since 2003, a publication
known as much for the quality of its literary journalism as for its trendsetting fashion advice. Under his direction, the magazine has been
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-15940-1
DE CEM BE R
nominated for twenty-six National Magazine Awards and has won for
J O U R N A L I S M / A N T H O LO GY
feature writing, photography, and general excellence, the highest honor
World English-language Rights: Columbia University
in the industry.
Press; All Other Rights: McCormick Williams Agency
The Severed Head
Capital Visions
Julia Kristeva
Translated by Jody Gladding
T H E I N V E N T I V E T H E O R I S T A N D C R I T I C W E AV E S A
H I S T O R Y O F H U M A N C U LT U R E A R O U N D T H E A R T O F
D E C A P I TAT I O N .
Informed by a provocative exhibition at the Louvre, The
Severed Head unpacks artistic representations of severed heads from the Paleolithic period to the present.
Surveying paintings, sculptures, and drawings, Julia
Kristeva turns her famed critical eye to a study of the head
as symbol and metaphor, as religious object and physical
fact, further developing a critical theme in her work—the
power of horror—and the potential for the face to provide
an experience of the sacred.
Kristeva considers the head as saintly artifact and as the
locus of thought, seeking a keener understanding of the
violence and desire that drives us to sever—and in some
cases keep—such a potent object. Her study stretches
back to 6,000 B.C.E. and humans’ early decoration of
and cultlike devotion to skulls, and it follows the depiction or presence of heads in the Medusa myth; the mandylion of Laon (a holy relic in which the face of a saint
appears on a piece of cloth); the biblical story of John the
Baptist and his counterpart, Salome; tales of the guillotine; modern murder mysteries; and even in the fight for
and against capital punishment. Kristeva interprets these
“capital visions” through the lens of psychoanalysis, drawing infinite connections between their manifestation and
sacred experience and very much affirming the possibility of the sacred, even in an era of “faceless” interaction.
P H OTO : Agence Opale
J U L I A K R I S T E VA is professor of linguistics at the
Université de Paris VII and the author of many acclaimed works and novels, including This Incredible
Need to Believe, Strangers to Ourselves, New Maladies
of the Soul, Time and Sense, Hannah Arendt, and
Melanie Klein. She is the recipient of the Hannah
Arendt Prize for Political Thought and the Holberg
International Memorial Prize.
$34.50 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15720-9
$26.99 / £18.50 ebook 978-0-231-53038-5
JANUARY
176 pages / 18 photographs
P H I LO S O P H Y / A R T H I S TO RY
EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES: A SERIES IN SOCIAL
T H O U G H T A N D C U LT U R A L C R I T I C I S M
Press; All Other Rights: Reunion des Museés Nationaux
6!|!FA L L
2011
J O DY G L A D D I N G is a poet and has translated more than twenty works
from French.
Mute Speech
Literature, Critical Theory, and Politics
Jacques Rancière
Introduction by Gabriel Rockhill and translated by James Swenson
Throughout his career, shaped by a notable collaboration
with Louis Althusser, Jacques Rancière has continually
unsettled political discourse, particularly by examining
its relationship to aesthetics. Like Michel Foucault, he
broke with many of his predecessors to upend dominant
twentieth-century historical narratives and critical theories. Often overlooked in the canon of his works, Mute
Speech contains the critical seeds of Rancière's most provocative assertions, challenging the intellectual orthodoxy
that had come to define the nature of art and representation.
Arguing that art is neither inherently political nor colonized by politics, Rancière casts art and politics as “distributions of the sensible,” or configurations of what are
visible and invisible in experience. Through an original
reinterpretation of German romanticism and phenomenology, especially the work of its most prominent figures, Kant and Hegel, and engaging with the thought
of Germaine de Staël, Jean-Paul Sartre, and Maurice
Blanchot, among others, Rancière reevaluates conceptions of art in various decades, from the classical age
of representation to the modern, anti-representational
turn and its promise of political transformation. Rather
than dwell on modernity’s “crisis of representation,” he
celebrates the triumph of realism in modern aesthetics,
which for him is the true representative art. Opening
radical new vistas onto the history of art and philosophy,
Rancière pioneers a theory of aesthetics in which democratic politics constitute the essence of art.
JACQ U E S R A N C I È R E (b. 1940) is professor of philosophy emeritus at
the University of Paris. Among his major works translated into English
are The Future of the Image; The Politics of Aesthetics, The Philosopher
and His Poor; The Flesh of Words: The Politics of Writing; Aesthetics
and Its Discontents; Disagreement: Politics and Philosophy; and The
Ignorant Schoolmaster: Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation.
G A B R I E L R O C K H I L L is assistant professor of philosophy at Villanova
University and program director at the Collège International de
Philosophie. He is the coeditor of the Politics of Culture and the Spirit of
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15103-0
Critique: Dialogues and Jacques Rancière: History, Politics, Aesthetics.
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15102-3
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52800-9
NOVE MBE R
208 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
Press; All Other Rights: Hachette Livre
Refiguring the Spiritual
Beuys, Barney, Turrell, Goldsworthy
Mark C. Taylor
“Taylor’s Refiguring the Spiritual is in many
ways a fascinating and compelling book
that, like so much of his previous work,
bursts genres. It functions ‘outside of the
box’ of the more familiar, university press
publication.” —Carl Raschke, professor of
religious studies, University of Denver, and
senior editor, Journal for Cultural
and Religious Theory
Mark C. Taylor provocatively claims that
contemporary art has lost its way. With
the art market now mirroring the art of finance, many artists create works solely for
the purpose of luring investors and inspiring trade among hedge funds and private
equity firms. When art becomes a financial instrument, grounded in nothing but
itself, it loses its critical edge. Its commoditization, corporatization, and financialization rob us of necessary perspective.
Joseph Beuys, Matthew Barney, James
Turrell, and Andy Goldsworthy are artists
who differ in style, yet they all defy the
trends that have diminished art’s potential
in recent decades. They understand that
art is a transformative practice drawing
inspiration directly and indirectly from
ancient and modern, Eastern and Western
forms of spirituality.
For Beuys, anthroposophy, alchemy, and
shamanism drive his multimedia presentations; for Barney and Goldsworthy,
Celtic mythology informs their art; and
for Turrell, Quakerism and Hopi myths
and rituals power his vision. Eluding traditional genres and classifications, their
work combines spiritually inspired styles
and techniques with material reality, creating works that resist merging space into
cyberspace in ways that overwhelm local
contexts with global landscapes.
M A R K C . TAY L O R is professor of
religion, chair of the Department
of Religion, and codirector of the
Institute for Religion, Culture, and
Public Life at Columbia University.
He is the author of Crisis on
$27.50 / £19.00 cloth 978-0-231-15766-7
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52777-4
JAN UARY
272 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y / R E L I G I O N
RE LIG IO N, CU LT UR E , AN D PUBLIC LI FE
8!|!FA L L
2011
Campus: A Bold Plan for Reforming Our Colleges
and Universities; Field Notes from Elsewhere:
Reflections on Dying and Living; and After God.
Hermeneutic Communism
From Heidegger to Marx
Gianni Vattimo and Santiago Zabala
R E M A K I N G A P O L I T I C A L M OV E M E N T F O R E F F E C T I V E
A C T I O N I N T H E T W E N T Y- F I R S T C E N T U R Y
Communism no longer represents an appealing alternative to capitalism, having lost much of its political clout
and theoretical power. In its original Marxist formulation,
communism promised an ideal of development, but only
through a logic of war, and while a number of reformist
governments still promote this ideology, their legitimacy
has steadily declined since the fall of the Berlin wall.
Separating communism from its metaphysical foundations, which include an abiding faith in the immutable
laws of history and an almost holy conception of the
proletariat, Gianni Vattimo and Santiago Zabala recast
Marx’s theories at a time when capitalism’s metaphysical moorings—in technology, empire, and industrialization—are buckling. Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri
call for a return of the revolutionary left, but Vattimo and
Zabala fear this would lead only to more violence and
failed political policy. Instead, they adopt an antifoundationalist stance, drawn from the hermeneutical thought
of Martin Heidegger, Jacques Derrida, and Richard Rorty,
that relies on interpretation rather than truth and is more
flexible in different contexts. “Hermeneutic communism”
leaves aside the ideal of development and the general call
for revolution. It motivates a resistance to capitalism’s inequalities, yet intervenes against violence and authoritarianism by emphasizing the interpretative nature of truth.
Paralleling Vattimo and Zabala’s well-known weakening
of religion, Hermeneutic Communism realizes the fully
transformational, politically effective potential of Marxist
thought.
“Hermeneutic Communism is one of
those rare books that seamlessly combines postmetaphysical philosophy
and political practice, the task of a
meticulous ontological interpretation
and decisive revolutionary action, the
critique of intellectual hegemony and a
positive, creative thought. Zabala and
Vattimo, unlike Hardt and Negri, do not
offer their readers a ready-made political ontology but allow radical politics
to germinate from each singular and
concrete act of interpretation. The most
significant event of twenty-first century
philosophy!” —Michael Marder, author
of Groundless Existence: The Political
Ontology of Carl Schmitt
G I A N N I VAT T I M O is emeritus professor of philosophy at the University
of Turin and a member of the European Parliament. His books in English
include After Christianity, Nihilism and Emancipation, The Future of
Religion, with Richard Rorty, Dialogue with Nietzsche, Art’s Claim to
Truth, After the Death of God, with John Caputo, Not Being God, Truth
or Faith, with Rene Girard, A Farewell to Truth, and The Vocation and
Responsibility of the Philosopher.
S A N T I AG O Z A B A L A is ICREA Research Professor at the University
of Barcelona. He is the author of The Remains of Being and The
Hermeneutic Nature of Analytic Philosophy and editor of Art’s Claim to
Truth (2008).
$27.50 / £19.00 cloth 978-0-231-15802-2
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52807-8
OC TO BER 224 pages
P H I LO S P H Y / P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E
INS UR REC TI ONS: C R IT I C AL STU D IE S I N RE LI GI O N,
PO L IT I CS , A ND CULTUR E
All Rights except Spanish and Catalan-language Rights:
Columbia University Press; Spanish and Catalanlanguage Rights: The Authors
Until the Fires Stopped Burning
9/11 and New York City in the Words and Experiences
of Survivors and Witnesses
Charles B. Strozier
PUBLISHED ON THE TENTH ANNIVERSARY OF 9/11, A
P S YC H O L O G I C A L P O R T R A I T O F T H E AT TA C K A N D I T S
PERSONAL AND COLLECTIVE TRAUMA.
“This is the only work on 9/11 that
describes people's experience in depth
and at the same time provides us with
a broad sense of the human impact
of the whole event.” —Robert Lifton,
author of Death in Life: Survivors of
Hiroshima and Witness to an
Extreme Century: A Memoir
“This book offers a way of understanding—of taking the measure of, coming
to terms with—a thing that probably
does not lend itself to any other kind
of telling. That’s why it is special. It
issues from a richly layered mind.” —Kai
Erikson, chair of American studies at
Yale University, editor of the Yale Review,
While many 9/11 books share the memories of witnesses,
Strozier’s text interprets and contextualizes these impressions, enriching the larger literature on the event and its
legacy. He also enhances his narrative with a historically-grounded comparison of 9/11 and the devastation of
Hiroshima, Auschwitz, and Katrina, among other examples, which scholars have deemed a “new species of trouble” in the world. He organizes his study around “zones
of sadness” in New York, powerfully evoking the multiple
places and spaces in which his respondents confronted
9/11, and he remains sensitive to the personal, social, and
cultural differences of these encounters. Most important,
he theoretically distinguishes between 9/11 as an apocalyptic event, which he affirms it is not (rather it is a monumental event), and 9/11 as an apocalyptic experience, a
crucial distinction in understanding the act’s affect on
American life.
P H OTO : Cathryn Compton
and author of A New Species of Trouble
A history professor and practicing psychoanalyst in
Manhattan, Charles B. Strozier lost a number of students
in the tragedy of 9/11, and afterward, he accepted many
survivors into his care. The grief he encountered felt in
some ways familiar, yet in other ways unprecedented,
compelling him to investigate the event more deeply
so its special characteristics could be better understood.
Featuring the testimony of survivors, bystanders, spectators, and victim’s friends and family members, Strozier
conducts a fascinating study of comparative disaster,
apocalyptic experience, unnatural death, and the psychological endurance of trauma.
$26.95t / £17.95 cloth 978-0-231-15898-5
S EP TEM B ER
304 pages
P SYC H O LO GY
All Rights except Audio Rights: Columbia University
Press; Audio Rights: Janklow & Nesbit Associates
C H A R L E S B . ST R OZ I E R , a historian and psychoana-
lyst, is professor of history at the John Jay College
of Criminal Justice in New York City, where he also
directs its Center on Terrorism. He is the author or
editor of ten books on the psychological and historical aspects of contemporary violence and what it means to survive; the psychology of
fundamentalism; self psychology and psychoanalysis; and themes
in American history. These include The Fundamentalistl Mindset:
Psychological Perspectives on Religion, Violence, and History and a
psychological study of Abraham Lincoln.
10!|!FA L L
2011
The Greatest Grid
The Master Plan of New York
Edited by Hilary Balon
Laying out Manhattan’s street grid and
providing a rationale for the growth of
New York was the city’s first great civic enterprise, not to mention a brazenly ambitious project and major milestone in the
history of city planning. The grid created
the physical conditions for business and
society to flourish and embodied the drive
and discipline for which the city would
come to be known. Published to coincide
with an exhibition at the Museum of the
City of New York celebrating the bicentennial of the Commissioners’ 1811 Plan
of Manhattan, this volume does more
than memorialize such a visionary effort,
it serves as an enduring reference full of
rare images and information.
plan, and additional maps and prints chart
the city’s pre-1811 irregular growth patterns
and local precedent for the grid's design.
Constituting the first sustained examination of this subject, this text describes the
social, political, and intellectual figures
who were instrumental in remaking early
New York, not in the image of old Europe
but as a reflection of other American cities and a distinct New World sensibility.
The grid reaffirmed old hierarchies while
creating new opportunities for power and
advancement, giving rise to the multicultural, highly networked landscape New
Yorkers thrive in today.
H I L A RY B A LO N is deputy vice chancellor of New
York University Abu Dhabi, part of the leadership
team developing the school’s new, full-scale campus
and establishing its identity as a global university.
Her books include New York’s Pennsylvania Stations;
Colbert’s Revenge, which won the Prix d'Académie
from the Académie Française; and The Paris of Henri
IV: Architecture and Urbanism, which won the Alice
The Greatest Grid shares the history of the
Commissioners’ plan, incorporating archival photos and illustrations, primary
documents and testimony, and magnificent maps with essential analysis. The
text, written by leading historians of New
York City, follows the grid’s initial design,
implementation, and evolution, and then
speaks to its enduring influence. A foldout
map, accompanied by explanatory notes,
reproduces the Commissioners’ original
Davis Hitchcock Prize for the Most Distinguished
Work in Architectural History.
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-15990-6
DE CEM BE R 200 pages
US English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All
Other Rights: the Museum of the City of New York
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!11
Islam Through Western Eyes
From the Crusades to the War on Terrorism
Jonathan Lyons
ONE THOUSAND YEARS OF ANTI-ISLAM DISCOURSE
EXPLAIN WESTERN MISCONCEPTIONS OF MUSLIMS
A N D I S L A M T O D AY.
Despite the West’s growing involvement in Muslim societies, conflicts, and cultures, its poor perception of
the Islamic world threatens to curb Eastern/Western
rapprochement. The West has long failed to engage
productively with Islam, demonstrated by more than a
thousand years of anti-Islamic rhetoric and assessment.
Formulated in the medieval halls of the Roman Curia and
the courts of the European Crusaders, perfected in the
newsrooms of Fox and CNN, anti-Islamic discourse determines what can and cannot be said about Muslims and
their religion, trapping the West in a dangerous, deadend politics it can’t afford in a rapidly globalizing world.
“This is a first class book—original, significant, and, very timely contribution.
Despite the importance of the topic
especially today, I can think of no study
that offers so comprehensive, persuasive and engaging an analysis.”
—John L. Esposito,
Georgetown University
$32.50 / £22.50 cloth 978-0-231-15894-7
$25.99 / £18.00 ebook 978-0-231-52814-6
A critically acclaimed author on the Middle East and its
relationship with the West, Jonathan Lyons unpacks
Western habits of thinking and writing about Islam, conducting a careful analysis of the West’s grand totalizing
narrative of Islam across one thousand years of history.
He observes the discourse’s corrosive effects on the social
sciences, including sociology, politics, philosophy, theology, international relations, security studies, and even
human rights scholarship. He follows its influence on
research, speeches, political strategy, and government
policy, preventing the West from responding effectively to
its most significant twenty-first-century challenges—the
rise of Islamic power, the emergence of religious violence,
and the growing tension between established social values and multicultural rights among Muslim immigrant
populations. Lyons applies the intellectual “archaeology”
of Michel Foucault to reveal the workings of the discourse
and its underlying impact on our social, intellectual, and
political life. He then addresses issues of deep concern
to Western readers—Islam and modernity, Islam and
violence, and Islam and women—and proposes new
ways of thinking about the Western relationship to the
Islamic world.
J O N AT H A N LYO N S spent twenty years as a foreign correspondent
272 pages
and editor for Reuters, mostly in the Islamic world. His research focus-
H I S TO RY / M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S
es on the shifting boundaries between East and West, and his publi-
D EC E M BE R
Press; All Other Rights: Lippincott Massie McQuilkin
cations include The House of Wisdom: How the Arabs Transformed
Western Civilization and Answering Only to God: Faith and Freedom in
21st-Century Iran.
12!|!FA L L
2011
Intelligence and U.S. Foreign Policy
Iraq, 9/11, and Misguided Reform
Paul R. Pillar
A B O L D C H A L L E N G E TO T H E Q U I C K F I X E S O F M O D ERN SECURITY REFORM, FROM A FORMER SENIOR
I N T E L L I G E N C E O F F I C E R D I R E C T LY I N V O LV E D I N T H E
MAJOR CRISES OF OUR TIME.
Paul R. Pillar’s twenty-eight-year career with the CIA and
the National Intelligence Council showed him that intelligence reforms, especially measures enacted since 9/11,
can be deeply misguided. They often miss the sources
underwriting failed policy and misperceive our ability to
read outside forces. They misconceive the intelligencepolicy relationship and promote changes that weaken
intelligence-gathering operations.
In this book, Pillar confronts the intelligence myths
Americans have come to rely on to explain national tragedies, including the belief that intelligence drives major
national security decisions and can be fixed to avoid future failures. These assumptions waste critical resources
and create harmful policies, he claims, diverting attention away from smarter reform. They also refuse to recognize the limits of our knowledge. Pillar revisits U.S.
foreign policy during the Cold War and highlights the
small role intelligence played in those decisions, and he
demonstrates the negligible effect America’s most notorious intelligence failures had on U.S. policy and interests.
He also reviews in detail the events of 9/11 and the 2003
invasion of Iraq, condemning the 9/11 commission and
the George W. Bush administration for their portrayals of
the role of intelligence. He offers an original approach to
better informing U.S. policy, which involves insulating
intelligence management from politicization and reducing the politically appointed layer in the executive branch
that interjects slanted perceptions of foreign threats.
Pillar concludes with principles for adapting foreign policy to inevitable uncertainty.
“Pillar’s combination of qualifications
as a high-level practitioner and careful scholar is unmatched. He weaves
together general analysis of the role
of intelligence with insights from his
own involvement in the most important
foreign policy issues over many years.”
—Richard K. Betts, Columbia University
PA U L R . P I L L A R is visiting professor and director of studies in the
Security Studies Program at the Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign
Service, Georgetown University. He served in several senior positions
with the CIA and the National Intelligence Council and is a retired army
$29.50 / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-15792-6
reserve officer. He is the author of Terrorism and U.S. Foreign Policy and
$23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-52780-4
Negotiating Peace: War Termination as a Bargaining Process.
SE P TEM BE R
416 pages
P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!13
Stalking Nabokov
Brian Boyd
T H E W O R L D ’ S F O R E M O S T N A B O KO V S C H O L A R
O F F E R S U N PA R A L L E L E D A C C E S S T O T H E A U T H O R ’ S
L I F E A N D WO R K , B AS E D O N P E R S O N A L A N D S C H O LA R LY E N C O U N T E R S W I T H U N I Q U E M AT E R I A L S .
At the age of twenty-one, Brian Boyd wrote an essay on
Vladimir Nabokov that the author called “brilliant.” In
1991, after gaining exclusive access to the writer’s archives,
he wrote a two-part, award-winning biography, Vladimir
Nabokov: The Russian Years and Vladimir Nabokov: The
American Years, that has become standard reading. This
collection features essays written by Boyd after completing Nabokov’s biography, incorporating material he
gleaned from his research as well as new discoveries and
formulations. This volume forms the perfect companion
for readers of Nabokov, approaching the author from a
variety of angles and perspectives.
“This book is a real treasure. It represents a considerable range of work
Boyd confronts Nabokov’s life, career, and legacy; his art,
science, and thought; his subtle humor and puzzle-like
storytelling; his complex psychological portraits; and
his inheritance from, reworking of, or affinities with
Shakespeare, Pushkin, Tolstoy, and Machado de Assis.
Boyd offers new ways of reading Nabokov’s best Englishlanguage work: Lolita, Pale Fire, Ada, and the unparalleled autobiography, Speak, Memory, and he discloses
otherwise unknown information about the author’s
world. Sharing his personal reflections, Boyd recounts
the adventures, hardships, and revelations of researching Nabokov’s biography and his unusual finds in the
archives, including materials still awaiting publication.
The first to focus on Nabokov’s metaphysics, Boyd in fact
downplays their importance, instead emphasizing the author’s humor, reinvention of narrative possibility, and psychological renderings of various characters to unlock the
greater mysteries. Reading Nabokov as novelist, memoirist, poet, translator, scientist, and individual, Boyd further
immortalizes his far-reaching, versatile talents.
by the author of one of the great biographies of the late twentieth century,
who is also a lucid and consistently
engaged and engaging critic. A remarkable read—all readers and scholars of
Nabokov will need this book.”
—Michael Wood, Princeton University
“Brian Boyd is, without question, the
foremost single authority on Vladimir
Nabokov’s life and art. Stalking
Nabokov tells a fascinating story of
continual intellectual rediscovery, and
of Boyd’s own development as a reader,
a student, a literary sleuth, a biographer,
a critic, a colleague, a collaborator, a
mentor, and, best of all, a rereader.”
—Susan Elizabeth Sweeney, president,
International Vladimir Nabokov Society
and coeditor of the Vladimir Nabokov
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15856-5
$27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-53029-3
NOVE MB E R
488 pages
L I T E R A RY C R I T I C I S M
Press; All Other Rights: Georges Borchardt Inc.
14!|!FA L L
2011
P H OTO : Bronwen Nicholson
Electronic Forum (NABOKV-L)
B R I A N B OY D is University Distinguished Professor
of English, University of Auckland. Known also for
his evolutionary and cognitive work, he is the author
of On the Origin of Stories: Evolution, Cognition and
Fiction and coeditor of Evolution, Literature, and Film:
A Reader.
Unlikely Collaboration
Gertrude Stein, Bernard Faÿ, and the Vichy Dilemma
Barbara Will
R E A D I N G A R E L AT I O N S H I P T H AT M A D E S T R A N G E
B E D F E L L O W S O F M O D E R N I S M A N D FA S C I S M .
In 1941, Jewish American writer and avant-garde icon
Gertrude Stein embarked on one of the strangest intellectual projects of her life: translating for an American
audience the speeches of Marshal Philippe Pétain, head
of state for the collaborationist Vichy government. From
1941 to 1943, Stein translated thirty-two speeches in which
Pétain outlines the Vichy policy barring Jews and other
“foreign elements” from the public sphere and calls for
France to reconcile with Nazi occupiers.
P H OTO : Jon Gilbert Fox
Unlikely Collaboration pursues a troubling question: Why
and under what circumstances would Stein undertake
this project? A specialist on the author and her radical
writing, Barbara Will links Stein to the man at the core
of this controversy: Bernard Faÿ, Stein’s apparent Vichy
protector. Faÿ was director of the Bibliothèque Nationale
during the Vichy regime and overseer of the repression
of French freemasons. He convinced Pétain to keep Stein
“undisturbed” during the war and, in turn, “encouraged”
her to translate Pétain for American audiences. Yet Faÿ’s
protection was not coercive. Stein described the thinker as
a chief intellectual companion during her final years. Will
outlines the formative powers of this relationship, noting
possible affinities between Stein and Faÿ’s political and
aesthetic ideals, especially their reflection in Stein’s writing from the late 1920s to the 1940s. Will treats their interaction as a case study of intellectual life during wartime
France and an indication of America’s place in the Vichy
imagination. Her book forces a reconsideration of modernism and fascism, revealing what led so many within
the avant-garde toward fascist thought.
“Unlikely Collaboration is a beautifully
written and thoroughly engaging book.
The author offers not only first class literary scholarship, but she also weaves
into this study a remarkable degree of
historical and political information that
illuminates the lives, politics, and aesthetic views of Stein and Faÿ and the
cultural and intellectual currents of their
day. I have not read many books this
interesting, indeed compelling, in several years.” —Richard J. Golsan, author
of French Writers and the Politics of
Complicity
B A R B A R A W I L L is professor of English at Dartmouth
College and the author of Gertrude Stein, Modernism,
and the Problem of “Genius.” She has written extensively on modernist literature and culture and is a
specialist on the work of Gertrude Stein.
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15262-4
$27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52641-8
SE P TEM BE R
320 pages
L I T E R A R Y C R I T I C I S M / H I S TO R Y
G E N D E R A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!15
Globalectics
Theory and the Politics of Knowing
Ngugi wa Thiong’o
S P E A K I N G F R O M T H E P E R S P E C T I V E O F A N OV E L I ST
A N D P L AY W R I G H T, T H E AWA R D - W I N N I N G K E N YA N
W R I T E R E XA M I N E S T H E A E ST H E T I C S O F D E CO LO N I Z AT I O N A N D T H E F U N C T I O N O F G L O B A L
L I T E R AT U R E T O D AY.
A masterful writer working in many genres, Ngugi
wa Thiong’o entered the East African literary scene in
1962, with the performance of his first major play, “The
Black Hermit,” at the National Theatre in Uganda. In
1977, he was imprisoned after his most controversial
work, “Ngaahika Ndeenda” (“I Will Marry When I Want”),
was produced in Nairobi, sharply criticizing the injustices of Kenyan society and unequivocally championing
the causes of ordinary citizens. Following his release,
Thiong’o decided to write only in his native Gikuyu, communicating with Kenyans in the language of their daily
lives. Today he is known as one the most outspoken intellectuals working in postcolonial theory and the global
postcolonial movement.
“Globalectics is a stunning addition to
Ngugi’s creative and theoretical interventions in world culture. Basing his
thought as always in personal experience of forging and teaching literature,
Ngugi makes a powerful plea for under-
In this volume, Thiong’o encapsulates and develops a
cross-section of the issues he has grappled with in his
work, which deploys a sophisticated strategy of imagery, language, folklore, and character to “decolonize the
mind.” Thiong’o confronts the politics of language in
African writing; the problem of linguistic colonialism and
literature’s ability to resist it; the difficult balance between
orality, or “orature,” and writing, or “literature;” the tension between national and world literature; and the role
of the literary curriculum in both reaffirming and undermining the dominance of the western canon. Throughout,
Thiong’o engages a range of philosophers and theorists
who write on power and postcolonial creativity, including
Hegel, Marx, Claude Lévi-Strauss, and Aimé Césaire, yet
his explorations remain grounded in his own experiences
with literature (and orature), rendering the difficult dialectics of theory in richly evocative prose.
standing the fictive imagination via real,
sensuous experience in all its global
places. Turning Hegel to argue that the
‘bondsman’ emerges stronger than the
master from that oppressive relationship, Ngugi argues brilliantly that orature, and ‘cyberature,’ are making new
transcultural connections across the
myriad ‘centers,’ knots, of the world-
$22.50 / £15.50 978-0-231-15950-0
F E BR UARY
96 pages
L I T E R A R Y C R I T I C I S M / P H I LO S O P H Y
TH E W E LL EK LIBR ARY LE CT U RES
All Rights except East African Rights;
East African Rights: The Author
16!|!FA L L
2011
P H OTO : Daniel A. Anderson
wide net of cultures.” —Timothy Reiss
N G U G I WA T H I O N G ’ O is Distinguished Professor of
Comparative Literature and English at the University
of California and an award-winning Kenyan author
currently writing in the Gikuyu language.
Modernism at the Barricades
Aesthetics, Politics, Utopia
Stephen Eric Bronner
H OW T H E A R T I ST I C A N D I N T E L L E C T UA L
E X P E R I M E N T S O F T H E M O D E R N I S T AVA N T G A R D E
F O R G E D A N E W C U LT U R A L P O L I T I C S .
Stephen Eric Bronner revisits the groundbreaking innovations of the modernist project and its shaping of the
radical imagination, as well as its creation of a new political vision for the twentieth century. Reading the artistic
and intellectual achievements of the movement's leading
figures against larger social, political, and cultural trends,
Bronner follows the rise of a flawed yet salient effort at
liberation and its confrontation with modernity.
Modernism at the Barricades features chapters on expressionism, futurism, surrealism, and revolutionary art and
includes special studies of Schoenberg, Kandinsky, and
Emil Nolde, among others. The volume illuminates an
international avant garde intent on resisting bureaucracy,
standardization, scientific rationality, and the increasing
commodification of mass culture. Modernists sought
new ways of feeling, new forms of expression, and new
possibilities of experience while seeking to refashion society. Liberation was their aim, along with the invigoration
of everyday life. In the process, however, they entwined
the cultural with political resistance. Exploring both the
artist's political responsibility and the manipulation of
authorial intention, Bronner reconfigures the modernist
movement for contemporary progressive purposes and
offers insight into the problems still complicating cultural politics. He ultimately reasserts the political dimension
of developments usually understood in purely aesthetic
terms and confronts the self-indulgence and political irresponsibility of certain so-called modernists today. The
result is a necessary, long overdue reinterpretation and
rehabilitation of the modernist legacy for a new age.
“Stephen Bronner has spent decades
studying modernism and politics, and
Modernism at the Barricades pulls
together his work in a highly original
and impressive philosophical, political,
and historical synthesis, which provides
rich insight into the history of modernism, key movements and artists and
their milieu, and its politics. Bronner is
one of the best writers on art and politics, and each chapter is an engaging
and insightful essay that coheres in a
synthesis on modernism that illuminates
its aesthetics, politics, and historical
moment.” —Douglas Kellner, UCLA
and author of Media Spectacle
and Cinema Wars
S T E P H E N E R I C B R O N N E R is chair of the executive committee of U.S.
Academics for Peace and director of global relations at the Center
for the Study of Genocide, Conflict Resolution, and Human Rights,
Rutgers University. His recent books are Imagining the Possible:
Radical Politics for Conservative Times; A Rumor about the Jews:
Anti-Semitism, Conspiracy, and the Protocols of Zion; and Reclaiming
$32.50 / £22.50 cloth 978-0-231-15822-0
JANUARY
224 pages
the Enlightenment: Toward a Politics of Radical Engagement. He also
H I S TO RY / P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E
serves as senior editor of Logos, an interdisciplinary Internet journal,
COLUMBIA STUDIES IN POLITICAL THOUGHT /
and a contributing editor at the Italian magazine Una Citta.
P O L I T I C A L H I S TO R Y
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!17
The Pakistan-US Conundrum
THE
PAKISTAN-US
CONUNDRUM
Jihadists, the Military, and the People––
the Struggle for Control
Yunas Samad
Jihadists, Military and the People -the Struggle for Control
YUNAS SAMAD
A THOROUGH INVESTIGATION INTO COMPETING INTERESTS FIGHTING FOR DOMINANCE OVER AN UNPREDICTABLE WORLD POWER.
Yunas Samad’s trenchant analysis of Pakistan illuminates five key contemporary players: the country’s people,
its army, its Islamists, and its politicians, as well as the
American forces struggling to maintain stability. Samad
explians the alliances born of political and strategic expediency that continually undermine the legitimacy of the
state and addresses the extent to which the nation’s very
existence is now in jeopardy.
“This book is an important contribution to publications on contemporary
Pakistan, especially as a theoretical
and contextual discussion of a country
that remains only poorly understood by
social scientists. The volume explores
issues central to the study of Pakistan,
particularly in-depth discussions of the
rise of Islam; the impact of the Afghan
war on politics, religion, and society in
Pakistan; the role of emergent forms of
ethnic identity in moments of violent
conflict in present-day Pakistan; and
the nature of the country’s violence.”
—Dr. Magnus Marsden, SOAS,
University of London
Much of Pakistan operates under the de facto rule of an
indigenous, “Pakistani” Taliban, yet instead of dealing
with this precarious situation, Pakistan’s remaining military and intelligence apparatus stays focused on a proxy
war with India, whether in Kashmir or Afghanistan. This
high-stakes contest for strategic and political gain has
done irreparable harm to Pakistan’s economy, impoverishing many of its people while fattening the military
“state within a state elite,” on American largesse. At the
same time, a tiny business elite continues to flourish on
the rich pickings of neoliberal policies enacted at the behest of international organizations.
After following these provocative threads in vivid detail,
Samad returns to his key themes: the mistreatment of
ordinary Pakistanis by military and civilian rulers; the
steady decline of citizens’ material circumstances over
the past twenty years or more; and the grand strategic
designs of Islamabad and Washington that continue to
undermine Pakistani political life while ushering in new
forms of Islamist and sectarian politics.
Y U N A S S A M A D is professor of sociology at the
University of Bradford, England. He is co-editor of
Islam in the European Union: Transnationalism, Youth,
and the War on Terror and Culture, Identity, and
Politics: Ethnic Minorities in Britain.
$30.00 cloth 978-0-231-70282-9
$23.99 ebook 978-0-231-80065-5
FE BR UARY
320 pages
C U R R E N T A F FA I R S / R E L I G I O N
A COLUMBIA / HURST BOOK
All Rights: Hurst & Co.
18!|!FA L L
2011
When More Is Less
The International Project in Afghanistan
Astri Suhrke
A FRANK CONFRONTATION WITH THE FAILURES STALLING THE
AFGHAN RECOVERY AND A POSITIVE PRESCRIPTION FOR CHANGE.
Western-led efforts to establish a post-Taliban order in
Afghanistan are in serious jeopardy, and Astri Suhrke
explains why. Beginning with the dynamics of Western
intervention and its parallel peace-building mission,
Suhrke examines the forces that have shaped this grand
international project and the apparent systemic bias toward deeper and broader international involvement.
P H OTO : Tom Lamond
Many reasons have been cited for the weak achievements and ever-growing complications of rebuilding
Afghanistan, the most common being hostile regional, national, and international actors. Yet Suhrke finds
the policies themselves to be primarily at fault, and she
condemns the extraordinary and unnecessary complexity of the multinational operation itself. Suhrke’s main
argument is that the international project to reconstruct
Afghanistan contains serious tensions and contradictions
and that these flaws have significantly impeded progress.
As a result, deepening Western involvement in the region
has proven to be dysfunctional instead of helpful, and
massive international support has created an extreme
version of a rentier state, extensively weak, corrupt, and
unaccountable. U.S.-led military operations have only
undercut the peacebuilding agenda, she argues, and increased international aid and monitoring has only led to
Afghan resentment and evasion. Since continuing these
policies will reinforce this troubling dynamic, Suhrke
proposes a less intrusive international presence. She also
recommends a longer time-frame for carrying out reconstruction and change and negotiations with militants to
end the war in favor of a more Afghan-directed order.
WHEN
MORE
IS LESS
The International
Project In Afghanistan
ASTRI SUHRKE
“Confusion, half-knowledge and dysfunction are the order of the day in Astri
Suhrke’s description of international
efforts in Afghanistan....While we read
criticism of the ‘project’ in the media
most days, this book offers a systematic
and detailed overview of these efforts
to engage with Afghanistan, many times
in scenarios in which the international
community is seen muddling through
with very little consistency or acumen.”
—Alex Strick van Linschoten, editor, My
Life with the Taliban (CUP)
AST R I S UHR K E is researcher at the Christian Michelsen
Institute, Bergen, Norway (1992 to present), having
previously been professor of international relations at
the American University, Washington, D.C.
$25.00 cloth 978-0-231-70272-0
$19.99 ebook 978-0-231-80066-2
FEBR UARY
256 pages
M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!19
Bring Me Men
Military Masculinity and the Benign Façade
of American Empire, 1898–2001
Aaron Belkin
A SURPRISING INVESTIGATION INTO WARRIORS’ PERFORMANCE
OF GENDER AND THE ILLUSIONS BEHIND AMERICAN EMPIRE
“Aaron Belkin is one of the most knowledgeable, subtle and deeply informed
scholars exploring the cross-national
complexities of masculine militarized
practice. For all of us urgently exploring the oft-confusing inter-workings of
militarism and masculinities, Bring Me
Men will quickly become the book to
read, learn from and discuss.” —Cynthia
Enloe, author of Nimo's War, Emma's
War: Making Feminist Sense
of the Iraq War
“A tour-de-force. Belkin reveals the
cultural and historical meanings of
masculinity in the military of yesterday
and tomorrow, including symbolic and
psychological contradictions posed by
the sex and gender binaries masculine/
feminine, strong/weak, dominant/subordinate, victor/victim, civilized/barbaric,
clean/dirty, and straight/queer. A great
contribution to contemporary scholarship and policy.” —Gilbert Herdt, author
of Moral Panics/Sex Panics: Fear
and the Fight Over Sexual Rights
$25.00 cloth 978-0-231-70284-3
$19.99 ebook 978-0-231-80067-9
NOV E MB E R
224 pages
AMERICAN STUDIES / GENDER STUDIES
20!|!FA L L
2011
The masculinity of those who serve in the American military would seem to be beyond reproach, yet it is full of
contradictions. To become a warrior, one must renounce
those things in life that are perceived to be unmasculine. Yet at the same time, the military has encouraged
and even mandated warriors to do exactly the opposite.
With the expansion of America’s overseas ambitions after
1898, warriors have been compelled to cultivate aspects
of themselves that under any other circumstances would
seem unmasculine. The creation of a masculine armed
force therefore has required a surprising degree of engagement with the unmasculine while, at the same time,
requiring warriors to maintain a strict disavowal of those
very same unmasculine things against which they define
themselves.
In Bring Me Men, Aaron Belkin explores these contradictions in great detail and shows that their invisibility has
been central to the process of concealing the American
empire’s nastiest warts. Maintaining the warrior’s heroic image has involved displacing negative aspects of
military masculinity’s contradictions onto demonized
outcasts, especially women, gay men and lesbians, and
African Americans. Ironically, these scapegoats of military masculinity have not distanced themselves from the
armed forces but have stabilized the benign façade of empire as they sought to gain admittance to the community
of warriors. By examining case studies that expose these
contradictions—the phenomenon of male-on-male rape
at the U.S. Naval Academy, for example, as well as historical and contemporary attitudes toward cleanliness and
filth—Belkin utterly upends our understanding of the
relationship between warrior masculinity and American
empire and the fragile processes sustaining it.
AA R O N B E L K I N is associate professor of political science at San Francisco State University and director of
the Palm Center at the University of California. He was
a MacArthur Foundation postdoctoral fellow at the
University of California Berkeley and a predoctoral fellow at Stanford, and he has published more than twenty-five books, chapters, and peer-reviewed journal
articles. His most recent book is United We Stand? Divide and Conquer
Politics and the Logic of International Hostility.
Power and Politics in the Persian
Gulf Monarchies
Edited by Christopher Davidson
A MULTIREGIONAL ANALYSIS OF THE INSCRUTABLE INSTITUTIONS
DETERMINING THE STABILITY OF WORLD POWER
Controlling the world’s largest hydrocarbon reserves
while playing decisive roles in both Middle Eastern and
global political outcomes, the six traditional monarchies
constituting the Gulf Cooperation Council—Saudi Arabia,
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, and the United Arab
Emirates (UAE)—are shockingly underestimated and
misunderstood by today’s Western powers. Christopher
Davidson, author of two best-selling books on the UAE
and an expert on the fast-moving politics and economics
of the Gulf, teams up with five leading scholars to analyze
the behavior, attitudes, and potential evolution of these
highly influential and unpredictable states. POWER and
POLITICS in the
PERSIAN GULF
MONARCHIES
()
“A very good and useful textbook for
After a succinct theoretical overview surveying the various achievements, opportunities, and challenges faced by
the Gulf monarchies, subsequent chapters discuss individual historical trajectories, political structures, economic diversification efforts, and future prospects for change.
Drawing on recent research and statistics, and written
from a frank, objective perspective, Davidson’s collection
forms an invaluable resource for political scholars and
students of the Middle East, as well as general readers
seeking an uncompromising yet accurate analysis of Gulf
power.
undergraduate students, as it is highly
informative on both past and current
issues. The chapters follow a similar
framework, which makes the whole
book coherent and helps the reader
to compare the six Gulf monarchies.”
—Laurence Louer, author Transnational
Shia Politics: Religious and Political
Networks in the Gulf
CH R I STOPH ER DAV IDSON is reader in government and
international affairs at the Institute for Middle Eastern
and Islamic Studies, Durham University. He formerly
taught at Zayed University in Abu Dhabi and Dubai
and is the author of Dubai: the Vulnerability of Success;
Abu Dhabi: Oil and Beyond; and The Persian Gulf and
Pacific Asia, all of which are published by Columbia University Press.
$25.00 cloth 978-0-231-70288-1
$19.99 ebook 978-0-231-80068-6
OC TO BER
256 pages
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!21
The Right to Justification
Elements of a Constructivist Theory of Justice
Rainer Forst
Translated by Jeffrey Flynn
B U I L D I N G A N A D A P T I V E , S U S TA I N A B L E S O L U T I O N T O
T H E R I G H T S I S S U E S O F M U LT I P L E N AT I O N S .
Contemporary philosophical pluralism recognizes the
inevitability and legitimacy of multiple ethical perspectives and moral outlooks, making it difficult to base a
theory of justice on one normative principle. Rising up
to meet this challenge, Rainer Forst, a leading member of the Frankfurt School’s newest generation of philosophers, conceives an “autonomous” construction of
justice, founded on what he calls the basic moral right
to justification.
“Rainer Forst is the premier political philosopher of his generation in Germany
and one of the most innovative and
promising in the world today. An
extremely impressive feature of Forst’s
philosophical work is his ability to go
back and forth between foundational
arguments of a very abstract sort and
practical questions requiring a concrete
knowledge of the way the world actually works. The Right to Justification
ought to have a significant impact
on American philosophy.” —Charles
Larmore, W. Duncan MacMillan Family
Professor in the Humanities,
Brown University
Forst begins by identifying this right from the perspective of moral philosophy, then, through an innovative,
detailed critical analysis, he ties together the central components of social and political justice—freedom, democracy, equality, and toleration—and joins them to this right.
The resulting theory treats “justificatory power” as the
central question of justice, and by adopting this approach,
Forst argues, we can discursively work out, or “construct,”
principles of justice, especially with respect to transnational justice and human rights issues.
As he builds his theory, Forst engages with the work
of Anglo-American philosophers, such as John Rawls,
Ronald Dworkin, and Amartya Sen, and continental
thinkers, such as Jürgen Habermas (under whom Forst
studied), Nancy Fraser, and Axel Honneth.
R A I N E R F O R S T is professor of political theory and philosophy at
Goethe University in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and director of the
research cluster on the “Formation of Normative Orders.” He has also
taught at the New School for Social Research, the Free University Berlin
and Dartmouth College. He is the author of Contexts of Justice: Political
Philosophy Beyond Liberalism and Communitarianism and the forthcoming Justification and Critique, and Toleration in Conflict.
J E F F R E Y F LY N N is assistant professor of philosophy at Fordham
University and the translator of Hauke Brunkhorst’s Solidarity: From
Civic Friendship to a Global Legal Community. He is currently working
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-14708-8
$31.99 / £22.00 ebook 978-0-231-51958-8
DE CE MB E R
384 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
Press; All Other Rights: Suhrkamp Verlag
22!|!FA L L
2011
on a book entitled Human Rights and Global Pluralism.
Acts of God and Man
Ruminations on Risk and Insurance
Michael R. Powers
A N E N G A G I N G T R E AT M E N T O F T H E N AT U R E O F R I S K
AND ITS EFFECT ON OUR LIVES.
Much has been written about the ups and downs of financial markets, from the lure of prosperity to the despair
of crisis. However, there exists a more fundamental and
pernicious source of uncertainty in today’s world: the
traditional “insurance” risks of earthquakes, storms, terrorist attacks, and other disasters. Insightfully exploring
these “acts of God and man,” Michael R. Powers guides
readers through the methods available for identifying
and measuring such risks, financing their consequences,
and forecasting their future behavior within the limits of
science.
A distinctive characteristic of earthquakes, hurricanes,
bombings, and other insurance risks is that they impact
the values of stocks, bonds, commodities, and other human-made financial products while remaining largely
unaffected by or “aloof” from the behavior of markets.
Quantifying such risks given limited data is tricky yet
crucial for achieving the financing objectives of insurance. Powers begins with an analysis of how risk impacts
our lives, health, and possessions and then introduces
the statistical techniques necessary for analyzing these
uncertainties. He considers the experience of risk from
the perspectives of both policyholders and insurance
companies and compares their respective responses. The
risks inherent in the private insurance industry lead naturally to discussions of government’s role as both market
regulator and potential “insurer of last resort.” Powers
concludes with an interdisciplinary investigation into the
nature of uncertainty, incorporating ideas from physics,
philosophy, and game theory to assess science’s limitations in predicting the ramifications of risk.
“In Acts of God and Man, Powers takes
an interesting and educational look at
risk and insurance. This provocative
book provides an idiosyncratic perspective that is compelling and worth
reading.” —James K. Hammitt, Harvard
University and Toulouse School of
Economics
M I C H A E L R . P OW E R S is professor of risk management and insurance
at Temple University’s Fox School of Business and Distinguished Visiting
Professor of Finance at Tsinghua University’s School of Economics and
Management. He serves as chief editor of the Journal of Risk Finance and
the Asia-Pacific Journal of Risk and Insurance and is a former coeditor of the
Risk Management and Insurance Review. He is also the coeditor of Global
$49.95t / £34.95 cloth 978-0-231-15366-9
Risk Management: Financial, Operational, and Insurance Strategies and The
$39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-52705-7
Economics and Politics of Choice No-Fault Insurance.
DE CEM BE R
224 pages
BUSINESS / ECONOMICS
COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!23
The AIDS Conspiracy
Science Fights Back
Nicoli Nattrass
A N E C E S S A R Y L O O K AT T H E O R I G I N A N D D I S S E M I N A T I O N O F A I D S M Y T H S , T H E D A M A G E T H E Y I N F L I C T,
A N D T H E E F F O R TS BY S C I E N T I STS A N D AC T I V I STS TO
D E F E AT T H E M .
Millions of people across the globe erroneously believe
America manufactured the human immunodeficiency
virus (HIV) to be used as a biological weapon. Ironically,
the idea grew from a real conspiracy theory hatched by
Russian and East German intelligence officers in the mid1980s, in the hopes of spreading misinformation about
the disease. Yet while the cold war is over, the biological
weapons myth continues to resonate on both sides of the
Atlantic. Nicoli Nattrass explores the social and political
factors prolonging this fiction, especially among African
American and black South African communities.
“Nattrass does a wonderful job uncovering the dangerous consequences of
AIDS denialism, the belief that HIV is harmless and that
antiretroviral drugs are the true cause of AIDS, is another
AIDS conspiracy theory. In fact, it makes a “conspiratorial move” against HIV science by implying its methods
cannot be trusted and that untested, alternative therapies
are safer than antiretrovirals. These claims are genuinely life-threatening, as tragically demonstrated in South
Africa, when President Thabo Mbeki backed AIDS denialists and discouraged thousands from seeking treatment.
Nattrass revisits the South African example and identifies
the four symbolically powerful figures ensuring the lifespan of AIDS denialism: the hero scientist (or dissident
scientists who lend their credibility to the movement),
the cultropreneur (alternative therapists who exploit the
conspiratorial move as a marketing mechanism), the living icon (individuals who claim to be living proof of AIDS
denialism’s legitimacy), and the praise-singer (the journalist who broadcasts movement messages to the public).
following fringe ideas in health and
medicine. Her new book puts medical
myths and misinformation square in
front of us and she tells the story with
such passion, we dare not lookaway.”
—Seth C. Kalichman,
P H OTO : Katherine Traut
University of Connecticut
$34.50 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-14912-9
$27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52025-6
F E B RUARY
224 pages
S C I E N C E / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
24!|!FA L L
2011
N I C O L I N AT T R A S S is director of the AIDS and
Society Research Unit at the University of Cape Town
and visiting professor at Yale. She has a doctorate
in economics from Oxford University and is a recognized expert on the political economy of antiretroviral
treatment.
Evolution and the Emergent Self
The Rise of Complexity and Behavioral Versatility in Nature
Raymond L. Neubauer
A N E W H I S T O R Y O F H U M A N I T Y ’ S P L A C E I N N AT U R E ,
F R O M T H E B I G B A N G T O T H E P R E S E N T.
Raymond L. Neubauer presents a view of nature that describes rising complexity in life in terms of increasing information content, first in genes and then in brains. The
evolution of the nervous system expanded the capacity to
store information with relatively open-ended programs,
making learning possible. Portraying four species with
high brain-to-body ratios—chimpanzees, elephants, ravens, and dolphins—Neubauer shows how each shares
with humans the capability for complex communication,
social relationships, flexible behavior, tool use, and powers of abstraction. He describes this constellation of qualities as an emergent self, arguing that humanity is not the
only self-aware species and that human characteristics
are embedded in the evolutionary process and are emerging in a variety of lineages on our planet. Neubauer ultimately shows that human culture is not a unique offshoot
of a language-specialized primate but an extension of a
fundamental strategy that organisms have used since the
beginning of life on earth to gather information and buffer themselves from environmental fluctuations.
Neubauer also views these processes in a cosmic setting,
detailing open thermodynamic systems that become
more complex as the energy flowing through them increases. Similar processes of increasing complexity can
be found in “self-organizing” structures in both living
and nonliving forms. Recent evidence from astronomy
indicates that planet formation may be nearly as frequent
as star formation. In February 2011, NASA announced
that the Kepler space telescope had located fifty-four planets in the habitable zones around their stars. Life makes
use of the elements most commonly seeded into space by
burning and exploding stars, and the evolution of life and
intelligence that occurred on our planet may be common
across the universe.
“Neubauer ranges over much territory,
not only in the biosciences, but also
beyond and into physical science. The
book is easy to read and accessible,
yet technical enough to be of value
to a wide spectrum of scientists and
students. This is a wonderful new contribution to an interdisciplinary field
of growing interest.” —Eric Chaisson,
Tufts University and Harvard University;
author of Epic of Evolution
R AY M O N D L . N E U B AU E R is an award-winning senior
lecturer in the School of Biological Sciences at the
University of Texas at Austin. He holds dual degrees in
English literature and zoology and has taught numerous courses on topics ranging from cell and molecular
$32.50 / £22.50 cloth 978-0-231-15070-5
$25.99 / £18.00 ebook 978-0-231-52168-0
NOV E MBER
320 pages
SCIENCE
biology to genetics and evolution.
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!25
Asia’s Space Race
National Motivations, Regional Rivalries,
and International Risks
James Clay Moltz
In contrast to the close cooperation among European
states, Asian space activity is characterized by increasing rivalry. If current trends continue, this civilian space
competition could become a military race. To better understand the emerging dynamics, James Clay Moltz conducts the first in-depth policy analysis of Asia’s fourteen
leading space programs, with a special focus on developments in China, Japan, India, and South Korea.
“This study fulfills a serious need for a
comparative look at Asian space efforts
that takes into account the viewpoints
of Asians as well as Western analysts.”
—Dr. James A. Vedda, the Aerospace
Corporation, Center for Space
Policy and Strategy
Moltz isolates the domestic motivations driving Asia’s
space actors, revisiting critical events such as China’s
2007 antisatellite weapons test and its three manned
flights, Japan’s successful Kaguya lunar mission and
Kibo module for the International Space Station, India’s
completion of its Chandaryaan-1 lunar mission, and
South Korea’s astronaut visit to the ISS and plans to establish independent space-launch capability. He unpacks
these nations’ divergent space goals and their tendency
to focus on national solutions and self-reliance rather
than regionwide cooperation and multilateral initiatives.
Moltz concludes with recommendations for improved
intra-Asian space cooperation and for regional conflict
prevention, making this a key text for international relations scholars. He reviews America’s efforts to engage
Asia’s space programs in joint activities and prospects
for future U.S. space leadership, and discusses the relationship between space programs and economic development in Australia, Indonesia, Malaysia, North Korea,
Pakistan, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand,
and Vietnam.
JA M E S C L AY M O LTZ holds a joint faculty appointment
in the Department of National Security Affairs and
in the Space Systems Academic Group at the Naval
Postgraduate School. He is the author of The Politics of
Space Security: Strategic Restraint and the Pursuit of
National Interests and has served as a consultant to the
NASA Ames Research Center.
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15688-2
$27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52757-6
DE CEM BE R
304 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE / ASIAN STUDIES
CO NTE MP O RA RY AS IA IN T H E WOR LD
26!|!FA L L
2011
China or Japan
Which Will Lead Asia?
Claude Meyer
PREDICTING THE RISE OF THE WORLD’S NEXT SUPERPOWER THROUGH
A REGIONALLY SPECIFIC ECONOMIC AND STRATEGIC ANALYSIS
By 2030, Asia will be home to three of the world’s leading
economies: Japan, China, and India. In the contest over
who will lead this pack, Japan and China seem to be the
likely winners. Claude Meyer assesses the strengths and
weaknesses of each country––notorious rivals harboring a long history of tension and conflict––and the major
challenges they will face in the battle for supremacy.
Meyer lays out the most probable scenario for ascendency,
following the dialectical relationship between Japan and
China’s relative economic and strategic abilities. While
he acknowledges China’s strategic advantages, Meyer
nevertheless prioritizes economic considerations, for he
believes economics is the primary arena in which Asian
integration will take place. This tends to put Japan in
the more favorable position, as the surprisingly resilient
nation is sure to maintain stable leadership through its
positive tradition of productivity, competitiveness, and
technological innovation.
C L AU D E M E Y E R is a senior fellow at GEM-Sciences Po
and teaches international economics at Sciences Po
“In his provocative and important book
Claude Meyer argues against the conventional wisdom that Japan’s future
is past and that China will necessarily
dominate the region. Meyer explains
why the next decades in East Asia are
going to be dominated by competition
between China and Japan for political
and economic power. In contrast to
(Paris) and abroad. He has pursued a dual career as an
so many observers who have written
academic and as an executive in a Japanese bank. He
Japan off as a declining power, Meyer
holds a Ph.D. in economics and degrees in philosophy,
sociology, and Japanese studies.
puts his focus on Japan’s strengths as
well as its weaknesses and the likelihood that it will play a central role
in shaping the Asia of the future. It
should be required reading for anyone
interested in the future of the world
economy’s most important region.”
—Professor Gerald Curtis, Columbia
University
$35.00 cloth 978-0-231-70286-7
$27.99 ebook 978-0-231-80069-3
JANUARY
176 pages
ASIAN STUDIES
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!27
Zero and Other Fictions
Huang Fan
Translated by John Balcom
A C O L L E C T I O N S H O W C A S I N G T H E E X P E R I M E N TA L
S T Y L I N G S O F A N AWA R D - W I N N I N G TA I WA N E S E
AU T H O R , K N OW N FO R H I S I N V E N T I V E P O L I T I C A L ,
POSTMODERN, AND SCIENCE FICTION.
Against the backdrop of nativist rural narratives dominating Taiwan’s literary scene in the 1980s, Huang Fan
published thrilling urban portraits and political satires,
reorienting the nation’s attention. His sardonic tone
stood in stark contrast to the self-serious social realism
then in vogue, and after decades of groundbreaking work,
he is now one of Asia’s most celebrated authors, crucial
to understanding the development of Taiwanese literature over the past fifty years.
“Occasionally a writer comes along who
truly makes a difference, inaugurates
changes, sets new literary standards.
Huang Fan is one of those. And he did
it more than once. This is a must read.”
—Howard Goldblatt,
University of Notre Dame
$19.50 / £13.50 cloth 978-0-231-15740-7
$15.99 / £11.00 ebook 978-0-231-52805-4
S EP TE M BE R
160 pages
F I C T I O N / A S I A N L I T E R AT U R E
H UANG FAN (b. 1950) is a prominent Taiwanese writer who gained rec-
ognition in the 1980s with his short story “Lai Suo.”
MOD E RN CH I NESE L IT E R ATU R E F RO M TAIWAN
J O H N B A L C O M is an associate professor in the Deparment of
All Rights except Chinese-language Rights: Columbia
Translation and Interpretation at the Monterey Institute of International
University Press; Chinese-language Rights: The Author
28!|!FA L L
The first collection of Fan’s work to appear in English,
this anthology includes Zero, a futuristic novella that won
the Unitas Prize, and three critically acclaimed short stories: “Lai Suo” (which won the China Times and Shibao
Grand Literary Prize and established Fan’s reputation),
“The Intelligent Man,” and “How to Measure the Width
of a Ditch.” In Zero, Xi De, a young man living among
the elite in a postapocalyptic world, challenges the technocratic rule of a charismatic leader; the story mirrors
Taiwan’s own social character in the 1970s and containing strong allusions to George Orwell’s 1984. Fan’s novella poignantly renders the quandary of an idealistic
man trapped between conflicting claims to truth, unsure
of whether he is heroic or foolish in his ultimate choice
of resistance or sacrifice. In the widely anthologized “Lai
Suo,” a naïve individual becomes the pawn of powerful
men intent on advancement. “How to Measure the Width
of a Ditch” is an absurdist, metafictional tale in which
the narrator reminisces about his childhood in Taipei,
and “The Intelligent Man” weaves an allegorical satire of
Taiwanese migration to the United States and the business expansion to mainland China and Southeast Asia.
These remarkable works portray the tensions and aspirations underlying Taiwanese society, as well as other
worlds waking up from political strife.
2011
Studies and a translator of Chinese literature.
Sayonara Amerika, Sayonara Nippon
A Geopolitical Prehistory of J-Pop
Michael Bourdaghs
T H E F I R S T C R I T I C A L I N T E R P R E TAT I O N O F J A PA N E S E
P O P U L A R M U S I C I N T H E E N G L I S H L A N G UAG E .
From the beginning of the American occupation in 1945
to the post-bubble period of the early 1990s, popular
music provided Japanese listeners with a much-needed
release, channeling their desires, fears, and frustrations
over an ever-shifting geopolitical reality into a pleasurable
and fluid art. Pop music allowed Japanese artists and audiences to assume various identities, reflecting the country’s uncomfortable position under American hegemony.
Michael Bourdaghs composes the first English-language
study of this phenomenon, considering genres as diverse
as boogie-woogie, rockabilly, enka, 1960 s rock and roll,
1970s New Music, folk, and technopop. Reading these
forms and their cultural import through music, literary,
and cultural theory, he introduces a range of readers to
the sensual moods and meanings of modern Japan.
As he unpacks the complexities of Japanese pop production and consumption, Bourdaghs interprets a country
as it worked through (or tried to forget) its imperial past.
These efforts grew even murkier as Japanese pop migrated to the nation’s former colonies. In postwar Japan, pop
music both accelerated and protested the commodification of everyday life, challenged and reproduced gender
hierarchies, and insisted on the uniqueness of a national
culture even as it participated in an increasingly integrated global marketplace. Each chapter examines a single
genre through a particular theoretical lens: the relation of
music to liberation; the influence of cultural mapping on
musical appreciation; the role of translation in transmitting musical genres across the globe; the place of noise
in music and its relation to historical change; the tenuous
connection between ideologies of authenticity and imitation; the link between commercial success and artistic
integrity; and the function of melodrama. Bourdaghs concludes with a look at recent Japanese pop music culture.
M I C H A E L B O U R DAG H S is associate professor of mod-
ern Japanese literature at the University of Chicago. He
“Michael Bourdaghs' compellingly
readable Sayonara Amerika, Sayonara
Nippon: A Geopolitical Prehistory of
J-Pop has imaginatively conceived an
original account of how Japan, in the
postwar and Cold War years, was able
to break with an historical narrative
centered on the U.S. military occupation and Japan's subsequent confinement within the American imperium
to enter the actual world. Through the
production of diverse forms of popular music and the formation of their
audiences, Bourdaghs persuasively
shows how Japan moved to engaging a
genuinely global geopolitical aesthetics, shaping it and being shaped by it,
that successfully left behind the narrow
precinct of America's Japan for the new
world announced by J-Pop.” —Harry
Harootunian, Duke University
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15875-6
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15874-9
is the author of The Dawn That Never Comes: Shimazaki
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-53026-2
Tōson and Japanese Nationalism and a translation edi-
FEBR UARY
tor of Natsume Sōseki’s Theory of Literature and Other
A S I A N S T U D I E S / P O P U L A R C U LT U R E
Critical Writings and Kamei Hideo’s Transformations of
256 pages / 13 illus.
Sensibility: The Phenomenology of Meiji Literature.
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!29
Lineages of Political Society
Studies in Postcolonial Democracy
Partha Chatterjee
L U C I D , I N T E R L O C K I N G E S S AY S T H AT R E V E A L T H E
TIES BETWEEN LIBERAL POLITICAL THOUGHT AND
T H E LO N G H I STO RY O F W E ST E R N I M P E R I A L R U L E .
Partha Chatterjee, a pioneering theorist, is known for his
wide disciplinary range, incorporating the concerns of
South Asian studies, postcolonialism, the social sciences,
and the humanities with remarkable dexterity. His versatility made his early work, Politics of the Governed, a widespread hit, and it continues to draw audiences in an era of
genre-defying, globalized scholarship.
“Partha Chatterjee is one of the most
important writers and theorists of our
time; a voice that continues to be as
fresh and original as it is both powerful and necessary.” —Nicholas Dirks,
Columbia University
Building on his theory of “political society,” first developed in Politics of the Governed, and reinforcing its salience
to contemporary political debate, Chatterjee broadly critiques the past three hundred years of Western political
theory—including postcolonial studies, comparative
history, and our current understanding of contemporary
politics—to address a fundamental issue: Can democracy
be brought into being, or even fought for, in the image
of Western democracy as it exists today? Through the
example of postcolonial societies and their political evolution, particularly in India, Chatterjee challenges the
certainty of liberal democratic theory, presenting a more
realist view of its achievements and limitations. Rather
than push an alternative theory (for Chatterjee resists
all prejudices and preformed judgments), he rests solely
within the realm of critique, seeking instead to prove political difference is not always evidence of philosophical
and cultural backwardness outside of the West.
PA R T H A C H AT T E R J E E is professor of political science at the Centre
for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, and professor of anthropology
at Columbia University. His books include Empire and Nation: Selected
Essays; The Politics of the Governed: Reflections on Popular Politics in
Most of the World; A Possible India: Essays in Political Criticism; and The
Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15813-8
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15812-1
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52791-0
NOVE M BE R
384 pages
H I STO RY / P O LI TIC AL S CIE NCE
CU LTURE S O F H ISTORY
All Rights except South Asian Rights: Columbia University
Press; South Asian Rights: Permanent Black
30!|!FA L L
2011
Democracy, Islam, and Secularism in Turkey
Edited by Ahmet T. Kuru and Alfred Stepan
A R I C H LY T E X T U R E D R E A D I N G O F R E C E N T
P O L I T I C A L E V E N T S I N T U R K E Y, A S TAT E
BALANCING AN INTRIGUING MIX OF SECULAR
AND ISLAMIC INTERESTS.
While Turkey has grown as a world power, promoting
the image of a progressive and stable nation, several
policy choices have strained its relationship with the
East and the West. Providing social, historical, and religious context for Turkey’s singular behavior, the essays
in Democracy, Islam, and Secularism in Turkey examine
issues relevant to Turkish debates and global concerns,
from the state’s position on religion and diversity to its
involvement in the European Union.
Written by experts in a range of disciplines, the chapters explore the Ottoman toleration of diversity during
its classical period; the erosion of ethno-religious diversity in modern, predemocratic times; Kemalism and its
role in modernization and nation building; the changing
political strategies of the military; and the effect of possible EU membership on domestic reforms. They also
conduct a cross-continental comparison of “multiple
secularisms” as well as political parties, considering the
Justice and Development Party in Turkey in relation to
Christian Democratic parties in Europe. The contributors tackle central research questions, such as the legacy
of the Ottoman Empire’s ethno-religious plurality and
how Turkey’s assertive secularism can be softened to
allow greater space for religious actors. They address
the military’s “guardian” role in Turkey’s secularism, the
implications of recent constitutional amendments for
democratization, and the consequences and benefits of
Islamic activism’s presence within a democratic system.
Contributors:
Karen Barkey (Columbia University) ·
Ümit Cizre (Istanbul Şehir University)
· M. Şükrü Hanioğlu (Princeton
University) · Stathis N. Kalyvas (Yale
University) · Ahmet T. Kuru (San Diego
State University) · Joost Lagendijk
(Sabancı University) · Ergun Özbudun
(Bilkent University) · Alfred Stepan
(Columbia University)
A H M E T T. KU R U, a former postdoctoral scholar at Columbia University,
is associate professor of political science at San Diego State University
and chair of the Religion and Politics Section of the American Political
Science Association. He is the author of Secularism and State Policies
Toward Religion: The United States, France, and Turkey.
A L F R E D S T E PA N is the Wallace Sayre Professor of Government at
Columbia University and a former Gladstone Professor of Government
at All Souls College, Oxford University. His most recent book, with Juan
J. Linz and Yogendra Yadav, is Crafting State Nations: India and Other
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15933-3
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15932-6
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-53025-5
Multinational Democracies, and his second book with Linz, Problems of
FEBR UARY
Democratic Transition and Consolidation, has been translated into near-
POLITICAL SCIENCE
ly a dozen languages.
R E LIG IO N, CU LTU RE , AND PU B L I C LIF E
240 pages
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!31
New Battlefields/Old Laws
Critical Debates on Asymmetric Warfare
Edited by William C. Banks
M U LT I P L E S C H O L A R S C O N F R O N T T H E C H A N G I N G
N AT U R E O F C O N F L I C T A N D W H E T H E R T H E L AW S O F
WA R S H O U L D E Q U A L LY E V O LV E .
“This book will make a huge contribution to the literature regarding the
so-called “war on terror...” —Wayne
McCormack, E. Wayne Thode Professor
of Law, University of Utah
An internationally recognized authority on constitutional
law, national security law, and counterterrorism, William
C. Banks believes changing patterns of global conflict
are forcing a reexamination of the traditional laws of
war. The Hague Rules, the customary laws of war, and
the post-1949 law of armed conflict no longer account for
nonstate groups that wage prolonged campaigns of terrorism—or even more conventional attacks. Beginning
with the premise that many of today’s conflicts are lowintensity, asymmetrical wars fought between disparate
military forces, Banks’s collection focuses on nonstate
armed groups and irregular forces (such as terrorist and
insurgent groups, paramilitaries, child soldiers, civilians
participating in hostilities, and private military firms) and
their challenge to international humanitarian law.
Banks and others believe gaps in the laws of war leave
modern battlefields largely unregulated, and governing
parties suffer without guidelines for responding to terrorism, transnational armed forces, and asymmetrical
tactics, such as the targeting of civilians. These gaps also
embolden weaker, nonstate combatants to exploit forbidden strategies and violate the laws of war. Attuned to the
contested nature of post-9/11 security and policy, this collection juxtaposes diverse perspectives on existing laws
and their application in contemporary conflict. They set
forth a legal definition of new wars, describe the status of
new actors, chart the evolution of the twenty-first-century
battlefield, and balance humanitarian priorities with military necessity.
W I L L I A M C . B A N K S is professor of public adminis-
tration in the Maxwell School at Syracuse University,
Board of Advisors Distinguished Professor at its
College of Law, and director of the Institute for
National Security and Counterterrorism (INSCT).
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15235-8
$89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15234-1
$23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-52656-2
O CTO B ER
304 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE
COLUMBIA STUDIES IN TERRORISM
A N D I R R E G U L A R WA R FA R E
32!|!FA L L
2011
Mahatma Gandhi
Nonviolent Power in Action
Dennis Dalton
With a new afterword by the author
M A H AT M A
GANDHI
NONVIOLENT POWER IN ACTION
A N U P D AT E O F T H E C R I T I C A L LY A C C L A I M E D , E N D U R I N G S T U DY R E F L E C T I N G T H E L E G A C Y O F G A N D H I A N
S T R AT E G Y W I T H I N G L O B A L C O N T E M P O R A R Y R I G H T S
M OV E M E N TS .
Praise for the first edition:
“Sensitive, sympathetic, and lucid.” —Economic and
Political Weekly
“A tidy presentation of a sociopolitical vision that seems
as fresh and radical today as it did half a century ago.”
—Kirkus Reviews
D E N N I S D A LT O N
WITH A NEW AFTERWORD BY THE AUTHOR
First published in 1993, Dennis Dalton’s iconoclastic account of Gandhi’s political and intellectual development
gained prominence for its balance and extensive research,
as well as its portrayal of Gandhi as a deeply human and
complex force. Focusing on the leader’s two signal triumphs: the civil disobedience movement (or salt satyagraha) of 1930 and the Calcutta fast of 1947, Dalton makes
clear that Gandhi’s lifelong career in national politics gave
him the opportunity to develop and refine his ideals. He
controversially concludes with a comparison of Gandhi’s
methods and the strategies of Martin Luther King Jr. and
Malcolm X, proposing a fascinating juxtaposition that
not only enriches the biography of all three figures but
also proves Gandhi’s relevance to the study of race and
political leadership in America. A new afterword situates
Gandhi within the “clash of civilizations” debate, identifying the implications for continuing nonviolent protests.
Dalton also conducts an extensive overview of Gandhian
studies and includes a detailed chronology of events in
Gandhi’s life and leadership.
"A beautiful, fine-grained piece of historical and textual research focusing on the
Salt March and the Calcutta fast, two of
Gandhi’s major political moments. It is
cool, committed, and convincing in an
intellectual terrain strewn with excessively
passionate convictions. Dalton ‘shows’
rather than tells, through a meticulous
examination of official speeches and
administrative responses, the deep doubts
about the legitimacy of their acts that
Gandhi implanted in the minds of the highest and lowest British officials—normative
doubts that he argues are the special fruit
of the ‘truth force’ as Gandhi conceived it.
He also shows how the Mahatma’s public
enactment of self-sacrifice and renunciation demonstrated an efficacy not granted
D E N N I S DA LTO N was the Ann Whitney Olin Professor of Political
in conventional political acts within the
Science and is now emeritus at Barnard College, Columbia University.
context of religious viciousness and killing:
The winner of a Fulbright scholarship and grants from the American
Council of Learned Societies and the American Philosophical Institute,
he is the author of Indian Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of Swami
Vivekananda, Aurobindo Ghose, Mahatma Gandhi, and Rabindranath
lessons for Gandhi’s era and ours.”
—Susanne Hoeber Rudolph,
University of Chicago
Tagore and editor of Mahatma Gandhi: Selected Political Writings.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15959-3
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15958-6
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-53039-2
FEBR UARY
256 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!33
Nomadic Theory
The Portable Rosi Braidotti
Rosi Braidotti
THE GROUNDBREAKING THEORIST'S MOST IMPORTA N T E S S AY S O V E R T H E PA S T F I F T E E N Y E A R S ,
I N T R O D U C I N G A N D D E V E LO P I N G H E R N OV E L CO N C E P T I O N O F M O D E R N S U B J E C T I V I T Y.
“Fans of Rosi Braidotti’s unique
approach to feminism and philosophy
will appreciate having her recent essays
collected in one volume. Her call to
‘construct social horizons of hope and
sustainable futures’ offers a reassuring ‘politics of affirmation’ for these
troubled and troubling times.” —Joan W.
Scott, Institute for Advanced Study
“For all of those seeking a positive
turn building on the powerful tradition of critique that so influenced the
academy in recent decades, Braidotti
offers an understanding of philosophy—of thinking—that she views as
crucial to creative production. At a time
when intellectual discourse is becoming increasingly disciplinary, Braidotti
opens a path for broad discussion and
debate.” —Elizabeth Weed, director,
Pembroke Center, Brown University
Rosi Braidotti’s Nomadic Theory outlines a sustainable modern subjectivity as one in flux, never opposed to a dominant
hierarchy yet intrinsically other, always in the process of
becoming, and perpetually engaged in dynamic power relations that are both creative and restrictive. Nomadic theory
offers an original and powerful alternative for scholars working in cultural and social criticism and has, over the past
decade, crept into continental philosophy, queer theory, and
feminist, postcolonial, techno-science, media, and race studies, as well as architecture, history, and anthropology. This
collection provides a core introduction to nomadic theory
and Braidotti’s innovative formulations, which playfully engage with Deleuze, Foucault, Irigaray, and a host of political
and cultural issues.
Arranged thematically, the essays begin with concepts like
sexual difference and embodied subjectivity and follow with
technoscience, feminism, postsecular citizenship, and the
politics of affirmation. Braidotti develops a distinctly positive critical theory that rejuvenates the experience of political
scholarship. Inspired but not confined by Deleuzian vitalism,
with its commitment to the ontology of flows, networks, and
dynamic transformations, she emphasizes affects, imagination, and creativity and the politics of radical immanence.
Incorporating ideas from Nietzsche and Spinoza as well,
Braidotti establishes a critical-theoretical framework equal
parts critique and creation. Ever mindful of the perils of
defining difference in terms of denigration and the related
tendency to subordinate sexualized, racialized, and naturalized others, she explores the eco-philosophical implications
of nomadic theory, feminism, and the irreducibility of sexual
difference and sexuality. Her dialogue with techno-science is
crucial to nomadic theory, which deterritorializes the established understanding of what counts as human, as well as
our relationship to animals, the environment, and changing
notions of materialism.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15191-7
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15190-0
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52542-8
JANUARY
416 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y / WO M E N ' S S T U D I E S
34!|!FA L L
2011
R O S I B R A I D O T T I is Distinguished University Professor at Utrecht
University and founding director of its Centre for the Humanities. She is
the author of Nomadic Subjects: Embodiment and Sexual Difference in
Contemporary Feminist Theory, now in its second edition.
The Restructuring of Capitalism
in Our Time
William K. Tabb
A P R O V O C AT I V E A N A LY S I S O F T H E F I X E S M E A N T
TO CO R R E C T O U R F I N A N C I A L I N ST I T U T I O N S A N D A
P L A N F O R E F F E C T I N G LO N G - L AST I N G R E F O R M S .
Actions taken by the United States and other countries to
quell the crisis of the Great Recession focused on restoring the viability of major financial institutions, guaranteeing debt while stimulating growth. Once the markets
stabilized, the United States enacted regulatory reforms,
which in truth left the basic structures of economic financialization unchanged, and pursued austerity measures to curb the growing national debt. Drawing on the
theories of Keynes and Minsky and applying them to the
evolution of American banking and finance over the past
thirty years, William K. Tabb offers a chilling prediction
about the likelihood of future crises and the structural
factors complicating true reform.
Tabb follows the rise of banking practices and financial
motives in America and the simultaneous growth of a
shadow industry involving hedge funds, private equity
firms, and financial innovations such as derivatives. He
explains the shift from an American economy based
primarily on the production of goods and nonfinancial
services to one characterized by financialization. Tabb
then shows how these developments, perspectives, and
approaches not only contributed to the recent financial
crisis but also prevent the implementation of an effective regulatory regime. He incisively analyzes the damage that increasing unsustainable debt and excessive risk
taking has done to our financial system, and he expands
his critique to a discussion of word systems and globalization as well. Calling out the willful blind spots of mainstream finance theory, Tabb urges us to move beyond an
economic model reliant on debt expansion and dangerous levels of leverage, proposing instead a social structure
of accumulation that values economic justice over profit
and, more practically, establishes the parameters of an inclusive, sustainable growth model.
“An incisive analysis of the Great
Financial Crisis of 2008, this book
ranges over topics that transcend the
narrow confines of traditional specialists to produce an overall analysis of
the origins, development, and implications of financialization that will be
discussed intensely by scholars today
and in years to come.” —Martin Wolfson,
University of Notre Dame
W I L L I A M K . TA B B is professor emeritus of economics at Queens
College and professor emeritus of economics, political science, and
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15842-8
sociology at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He has
$27.99 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52803-0
been visiting professor of economics at the University of California,
JANUARY
Berkeley, and scholar in residence at Kansai University, Osaka,
E C O N O M I C S / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
Japan. He is also the author of Economic Governance in the Age of
352 pages
Globalization.
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!35
Sex and World Peace
Valerie M. Hudson, Bonnie Ballif-Spanvill, Mary
Caprioli, and Chad F. Emmett
A N E Y E - O P E N I N G S T U DY C O N N E C T I N G S O C I A L ,
S TAT E , A N D I N T E R N AT I O N A L V I O L E N C E T O P E R S I S TENT INEQUALITY BETWEEN THE SEXES.
While the security of the state affects the security of
women, does it also hold that the security of women help
determine the security of states? Provocatively affirming
this claim, Sex and World Peace unsettles a variety of assumptions in political and security discourse, proving the
situation of women to be a vital variable in the incidence
of conflict and war.
The authors structure their argument around a comparison of microlevel gender violence and macrolevel state
peacefulness in global settings, bolstering their findings
with detailed analysis and color maps. Harnessing an immense amount of data, they note discrepancies between
national laws protecting women and the enforcement
of those laws, abnormal sex ratios favoring males, the
practice of polygamy, and inequitable family law, among
other aggressions, and find that the treatment of women
informs human interaction at all levels of society. Their
research calls conventional definitions of security, democracy, and other terms into question and shows the
true clash of civilizations will be one of gender, played
out on the international stage. In terms of resolving these
injustices, the authors examine top-down and bottomup approaches to healing wounds of violence against
women, as well as ways to rectify inequalities in family
law and the lack of parity in decision-making councils.
Emphasizing the importance of an R2PW, or state responsibility to protect women, they mount a solid campaign against women’s systemic insecurity, which acts to
unravel the security of all.
VAL E RI E M. H UDSO N is professor of political science at Brigham Young
University.
B O N N I E B A L L I F - S PA N V I L L is professor of psychology at Brigham
Young University and director of its Women’s Research Institute.
M A R Y C A P R I O L I is associate professor, head of the Department of
$26.50 / £18.50 cloth 978-0-231-13182-7
$20.99 / £14.50 ebook 978-0-231-52009-6
F EB RUARY
256 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE / GENDER STUDIES
36!|!FA L L
2011
Political Science, and director of international studies at the University
of Minnesota Duluth.
C H AD F. EM MET T is a political geographer at Brigham Young University.
American Force
Dangers, Delusions, and Dilemmas in National Security
Richard K. Betts
A L O N G T I M E A N A LY S T O F A M E R I C A N S T R AT E G Y
MAKES THE CASE FOR USING FORCE LESS OFTEN
B U T M O R E D E C I S I V E LY.
While American national security policy grew more interventionist after the Cold War, Washington hoped to
shape the world on the cheap. Misled by the stunning
success against Iraq in 1991, administrations of both
parties pursued ambitious aims with limited force, committing the military frequently but often hesitantly, with
inconsistent justification. These ventures produced strategic confusion, unplanned entanglements, and indecisive results. This collection of essays by Richard K. Betts,
a leading scholar of international politics, investigates
the American use of force since the Cold War, suggesting guidelines for making it more selective and more successful.
“Betts offers fresh thinking about where
America stands in the world in the
Betts brings his extensive knowledge of twentieth-century United States diplomatic and military history to bear
on the theory and practice of U.S. force, pointing to the
Cold War roots of recent policies abroad and arguing
that American policy was always more unilateral than
liberal theorists believe. He exposes the mistakes made
during humanitarian interventions and peace operations,
in which the urge to police took over; reviews the issues
raised by modern nuclear, biological, and cyber weapons; evaluates preemptive and preventive war experiments (demonstrating preventive measures are almost
never useful); weighs the lessons of Iraq, Afghanistan,
and Vietnam; considers the rise of China, the resurgence
of Russia, and the flawed response of American leaders
to both; quells concerns about civil-military relations;
sounds the alarm on exploding defense budgets; and confronts the limits of American strategy.
early twenty-first century, and how this
nation can move forward most sensibly
in the defense of its territory and global
interests. In short, this is an outstanding
effort. There is no other book quite like
this one.” —Loch K. Johnson,
The University of Georgia
R I C H A R D K . B E T T S is director of the Saltzman
Institute of War and Peace Studies at Columbia
University, senior fellow at the Council on Foreign
Relations, and author of numerous books on military
strategy, strategic intelligence, and foreign policy,
including Enemies of Intelligence: Knowledge and
$29.50 / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-15122-1
Power in American National Security and Soldiers,
$23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-52188-8
Statesmen, and Cold War Crises.
DE CEM BE R
384 pages
P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
A C O U N C I L O N F O R E I G N R E L AT I O N S B O O K
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!37
Politics From Afar
Transnational Diasporas and Networks
Edited by Terrence Lyons and Peter Mandaville
Though diasporas may seem far-flung and incohesive,
they have an outsized impact on the politics of their
homeland. The advantages of new media and the ease
of travel allow exiled activists to connect intimately with
their audiences, influencing the outcome of elections and
protests from any location in the world. Through impassioned critique, these actors can inspire followers without
suffering the consequences of imprisonment and death.
GFC@K@:J=IFD8=8I
KiXejeXk`feXc;`XjgfiXjXe[E\knfibj
K\ii\eZ\CpfejsG\k\iDXe[Xm`cc\\[j
“This volume will make a welcome addition to the burgeoning field of diaspora studies—primarily by integrating
diaspora studies into the wider field of
comparative politics.”
—Dr. Gwen Sasse,
University of Oxford
Pursuing a global range of case studies, this groundbreaking volume explores the effect of transnational diaspora politics on development, democratization, conflict,
and the changing nature of citizenship. Contributors
speak from a variety of disciplinary perspectives and
areas of expertise, revealing how diasporic politics have
played an undeniable role in shaping the development
governance of Mexico, popular unrest in Sri Lanka, and
recent Ethiopian elections, among other events. While
many predicted globalization would deliver the world
into a new era of cosmopolitanism, the findings in these
essays demonstrate ethnonationalism and patron-client
relationships are still thriving in transnational spaces.
Cognizant of the political capital residing in global diasporas, homeland governments, opposition parties, and
insurgent groups all seek the power of “their” conationals
to advance strategies for development and broader geopolitical agendas. Ambitious and timely, this collection
establishes a comprehensive, theoretical, and empirical
paradigm for translating contemporary diaspora politics.
TER RE NC E LYONS is assistant professor in conflict resolution at George
Mason University. His publications include Demilitarizing Politics:
Elections on the Uncertain Road to Peace and Conflict Management
and African Politics: Ripeness, Bargaining, and Meditation.
P E T E R M A N DAV I L L E is an associate professor in the Department of
Public and International Affairs and codirector of the George Mason
University’s Center for Global Studies. His most recent book is Global
Political Islam, and his research concerns Islam and globalization, theories of cosmopolitanism, and global development.
$50.00 cloth 978-0-231-70278-2
$27.99 ebook 978-0-231-80070-9
N OV E MBE R
256 pages
P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
38!|!FA L L
2011
The Rumor of Globalization
Desecrating the Global from Vernacular Margins
Bhaskar Mukhopadhyay
VIVID ENCOUNTERS WITH TRADITIONAL INDIAN CULTURES PROVE THE
RESILIENCE OF LOCAL PRACTICE TO EXTERNAL FORCES OF CHANGE
Drawing on recent theories in virtuality, performativity, and governmentality studies, while incorporating the
insights of postcolonial activist scholarship of the global
South, this book radically renegotiates the idea of the
global and the local within an Indian vernacular context.
Six provocative chapters weigh the significance of events,
objects, histories, and episodes, interrogating what Frantz
Fanon called the “zone of occult instability where the
people dwell.” They examine the quotidian commodity
fetishism practiced by rural cargo cults, which find themselves easily swayed by the rumors of the bazaar, such as
the widely held belief that China dumps waste in communist Calcutta. Chapters consider desi cyberporn and its
strange obsession with the figure of Gandhi and “fat aunties”; Indo-Persian travelogues of journeys throughout
England and women’s travel narratives of a modernizing
Japan, all embodying local traditions of cosmopolitanism;
folk scroll paintings of 9/11; and the vernacular civic traditions of urbanism embedded in the grotty photographs of
slums. Ultimately, this book deploys fabulation, a distinct
ethnography highly sensitive to subaltern political aspirations, to study vernacular India’s encounter with outsized
globalizing forces. Throughout, the work maintains a
broad commitment to Marxist theory, subaltern studies
scholarship, and poststructuralist theory.
THE RUMOUR OF
GLOBALISATION
Desecrating the Global from Vernacular Margins
BHASKAR MUKHOPADHYAY
“This is a brilliant set of chapters, on
subjects as diverse as travel, food, painting, and pornography, grounded in
the recent history and ethnography of
Bengal, prefaced by a very theoretically
ambitious introduction.”
— Professor
Christopher Pinney, author, Camera
Indica and Photos of the Gods
B H A S K A R M U K H O PA D H YAY (Ph.D., Calcutta) is lecturer in cultural
studies at Goldsmiths, University of London. He has taught at Calcutta
University, Jadavpur University and VU Wellington and held postdoctoral fellowships in France, the United States, and Britain. He has
coedited (with John Marriott and Partha Chatterjee), a six-volume compendium of archival materials on colonial India, Britain in India (1765–
1905).
$35.00 cloth 978-0-231-70292-8
$27.99 ebook 978-0-231-80071-6
FEBR UARY
288 pages
A S I A N S T U D I E S / A N T H R O P O LO GY
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!39
The Last Dictatorship in Europe
Belarus Under Lukashenko
Brian Bennett
P U L L I N G B A C K T H E CURTAIN ON ONE OF THE LAST
EUROPEAN NATIONS TO RESIST POST–COLD WAR REFORM.
An isolated country dominated by a single, ruthless leader,
Belarus is Europe’s last modern dictatorship. Despite a
fascinating history, rich culture, and gorgeous countryside, few nonresidents travel to and enjoy the resources
of Belarus, and even though the citizens seem friendly
and hospitable, they live under constant threat of arrest.
Belarus exists outside of modern European norms, frozen in time by a tyrannical regime that once fooled its citizens into thinking a new leader would take them into a
brighter future. Instead, Alexander Lukashenko has pursued a pattern of rule as oppressive as all those that have
come before.
Brian Bennett follows the history of Belarus from
the collapse of the Soviet Union to the ascendancy of
Lukashenko in 2006. He revisits the excitement felt by
many Belarussians after the first presidential election
of 1994 and the cold realization that the country was returning to business as usual, as evidenced by the implementation of undemocratic referendums, fixed elections,
suspicious disappearances, and the violent suppression
of public opposition. Bennett concludes with a close look
at the enigmatic Lukashenko and the way his regime
might one day come to an end.
B R I A N B E N N E T T joined the British Diplomatic Service
after studying Russian at Sheffield University. His last
posting was as ambassador to Belarus, 2003–2007.
$35.00 cloth 978-0-231-70280-5
$27.99 ebook 978-0-231-80072-3
NOV EM B ER
256 pages
P O L I T I C S / H I S TO R Y
40!|!FA L L
2011
Al-Andalus Rediscovered
Iberia’s New Muslims and Other Minorities
Marvine Howe
A EUROPEAN NATION ONCE HOSTILE TO NON-CHRISTIANS
BECOMES A LEADING MODEL OF CULTURAL INTEGRATION.
Iberia is a place of historic and symbolic significance to
all three of the world’s major religions. Myths concerning Islam’s origins collide with the story of the Christian
reconquista, the subsequent Spanish Inquisition, and
the massive expulsion of Muslims and Jews some five
hundred years ago. Yet Muslims have made a comeback
in the region, which is becoming one of Europe’s fastest
growing Muslim communities. This volume recounts the
“retaking” of Al-Andalus by Iberia’s new Muslims, which
include groups as diverse as students, boat workers, female professionals, and clerics, and their successful integration within a strongly Roman Catholic culture.
Marvine Howe shares not only the experiences of Iberia’s
Muslims but also the actions of Spanish and Portuguese
officials, academics, NGOs, and ordinary citizens who
have sought better ways to incorporate Muslims and
other immigrants into Iberian society—despite domestic
and European pressure to do otherwise. Howe revisits
the events of March 11, 2004, when Muslim extremists
launched a devastating attack on Madrid’s transportation system, and relates these events to Al-Qaeda’s stated
intent to reclaim Al-Andalus for Islam. Howe pursues
several basic threads, such as whether Iberia’s humane
immigration policies can be exported to other European
contexts and whether the Andalusian spirit of tolerance
and diversity will prevail over a troubling economy and
heightened radicalism—in both the Islamic World and
the West.
MARVINE HOWE
Al-Andalus
Rediscovered
Iberia’s New Muslims and
Other Minorities
“Marvine Howe is a skilled and remorseless reporter, who has clearly brought
all her years of experience to bear in
her research. The result is an authoritative, illuminating and indispensable
guide to anyone concerned with Iberia,
immigration in Europe, and contemporary European-Muslim relations.”
—Matthew Carr, author of Blood and
Faith: The Purging of Muslim Spain (New
Press, 2010)
M A R V I N E H OW E is a former correspondent for the
New York Times in Africa, Latin America, Europe, and
the Middle East. Her latest books are Turkey: A Nation
Divided Over Islam’s Revival and Morocco: The Islamist
Awakening and Other Challenges (OUP).
$25.00 cloth 978-0-231-70274-4
$19.99 ebook 978-0-231-80073-0
JANUARY
208 pages
R E L I G I O N / C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!41
!"#$!"#
%&'()*#
!"#$%&!'()*+,"$&'(*-#.*
'/0*+"%&'&!(*"$*,0("1,!0(
Wars of Plunder
Conflicts, Profits, and the Politics of Resources
Philippe Le Billon
WHAT TURNS A NATURAL BOUNTY INTO A CURSE FOR SO MANY
STRUGGLING COUNTRIES—AND CAN SUCH TRENDS BE COUNTERED?
PHILIPPE LE BILLON
“This impressive book is a very significant contribution to its field. It does a
remarkable job of summarizing a multifarious and often complex body of literature without oversimplifying it. The
study reveals a prodigious amount of
reading by the author and the breadth
of field research he has pursued over
many years.”
—Dr. Ricardo Soares de
Oliveira, Oxford University, author of
The New Protectorates: International
Tutelage and the Making
of Liberal States
From Angola and Iraq to Liberia and the Democratic
Republic of Congo, resource-rich countries with high incidences of poverty are prone to devastating outbreaks of
war. The character of these conflicts is highly idiosyncratic, and the response of the international community is
fascinatingly complex. Philippe Le Billon traces the specific burden of owning the world’s most precious resources and the effect of resource politics on the development
of war. He also takes a frank look at the international context surrounding such conflicts and its possible underlying motives.
Le Billon focuses on three key resources––oil, diamonds,
and timber––and the circumstances that link their abundance to war. He discusses the role of resource revenue
in financing belligerent forces, a trend that has grown
more conspicuous with the withdrawal of Cold War foreign sponsorship. While the “War on Terror” has altered
the terms of military assistance and the nature of war’s
internationalization, many belligerent actors continue
to rely on the profits of “conflict resources” to survive. Le
Billon also examines the exploitation of resources and its
creation of unrest.
P H I L I P P E L E B I L LO N is associate professor at the Liu Institute for
Global Issues and in the Department of Geography at the University of
British Columbia. With an M.B.A. and Ph.D. in geography, he specializes in the links between resource extraction and armed conflict. He
has worked for the French Ministry of Foreign Affairs and with United
Nations peacekeeping. He has also advised several governments and
has collaborated with major NGOs and research institutes, such as
Global Witness and the International Institute for Strategic Studies. He
is the author of Fuelling War: Natural Resources and Armed Conflicts.
$35.00 paper 978-0-231-70268-3
$27.99 ebook 978-0-231-80026-6
DE CE MB E R
240 pages
C U R R E N T A F FA I R S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
42!|!FA L L
2011
Global Palestine
John Collins
T R A C I N G T H E T R A N S N AT I O N A L R E V E R B E R AT I O N S O F
A NEAR-MYTHIC RIGHTS STRUGGLE AND THE
M E A N I N G O F I TS R E M A K I N G I N WO R L D CO N T E X TS .
Global Palestine provides a unique perspective on one of
the world’s most enduring political controversies––the
nature and extent of the rights owed to Palestinians––
by exploring a deceptively simple question: What does
“Palestine” mean outside of local arenas? How does the
idea of Palestine power larger social and political developments? To construct his answer, John Collins assumes three
overlapping premises: that contemporary Palestine is
the site of an ongoing project of settler colonization; that
Palestine’s global importance is increasing in inverse proportion to the amount of territory actually controlled by
Palestinians, as the growing movement of international
solidarity indicates; and that the supposedly local struggle
over Palestinian rights in fact reflects four global processes shaping the conditions in which we live––colonization, securitization, acceleration, and occupation––and is
therefore intricately connected to them. =B;A6 B??<AF
:?B54?
C4?8FG<A8
Collins finds these processes have not only influenced
the idea and physical space of Palestine but also become
profoundly altered through their interaction with theoretical conceptions of Palestine across the globe. This
outcome reflects an important emerging trend in global
conditions, which is brought into sharp relief by Collins’s
expert analysis. His approach enables a fresh encounter
with the new politics of violence, resistance, and solidarity springing from what Walter Benjamin once called “the
tradition of the oppressed.”
J O H N C O L L I N S is associate professor and chair of global studies
at St. Lawrence University. He is the author of Occupied by Memory:
The Intifada Generation and the Palestinian State of Emergency and
coeditor, with Ross Glover, of Collateral Language: A User’s Guide
to America’s New War. His articles and reviews have appeared in the
Journal of Palestine Studies, Social Text, Globalizations, and Middle East
Report, and he holds a Ph.D. in comparative studies in discourse and
$30.00 cloth 978-0-231-70310-9
society from the University of Minnesota, where he was a MacArthur
$23.99 ebook 978-0-231-80074-7
Scholar.
JANUARY
208 pages
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!43
The Awakened Ones
Phenomenology of Visionary Experience
Gananath Obeyesekere
O P E N I N G A LT E R N AT I V E PAT H S T O K N O W L E D G E
T H R O U G H T H E S T U DY O F M E D I TAT I V E T R A N C E S ,
S P I R I T UA L V I S I O N S , A N D T H E DA R K N I G H T O F
THE SOUL.
While a rational consciousness grasps many truths,
Gananath Obeyesekere believes an even richer knowledge is possible through a bold confrontation with the
stuff of visions and dreams. Spanning both Buddhist
and European forms of visionary experience, he fearlessly pursues the symbolic, nonrational depths of such
phenomena, reawakening the intuitive, creative impulses
that power greater understanding.
“This is the most sustained and powerful
treatment since William James of the forms
of knowledge and of life that visionary
experience makes possible. It is a remarkable combination of panoramic reference,
detached analysis, and the most personal
intensity of feeling and style.”
—Akeel Bilgrami, Johnsonian Professor of
Philosophy, Columbia University
“In his impeccable style, with an unmatched
eloquence, a series of sparking, sparkling
insights, and an expansive comparative vision, Gananath Obeyesekere gives us here
what can only be called a spiritual-intellectual testament. In the process, he calls us
to unite the rational and the nonrational at
the highest levels of scholarship and cultural work and to envision a cross-cultural
enlightenment that is as indebted to the
visionary teachings of a Buddha or a Blake
as to the humanities and social sciences.”
—Jeffrey J. Kripal, author of The Serpent’s
Gift: Gnostic Reflections on
the Study of Religion
Throughout his career, Obeyesekere has combined
psychoanalysis and anthropology to illuminate the relationship between personal symbolism and religious
experience. In this book, he begins with Buddha’s visionary trances wherein, over the course of four hours, he
witnesses hundreds of thousands of his past births and
eons of world evolution, renewal, and disappearance. He
then connects this fracturing of empirical and visionary
time to the realm of space, considering the experience
of a female Christian penitent, who stares devotedly at
a tiny crucifix only to see the space around it expand to
mirror Christ’s suffering. Obeyesekere follows the unconscious motivations that underlie rapture, the fantastical consumption of Christ’s body and blood, and body
mutilation and levitation, bridging medieval Catholicism
and the movements of early modern thought, reflected
in William Blake’s artistic visions and poetic dreams. He
develops the term “dream-ego” through a discussion of
visionary journeys, Jung’s and Freud’s scientific dreaming, and the cosmic and erotic dream-visions of New Age
virtuosos, and he defines the parameters of a visionary
mode of knowledge that provides a more elastic understanding of truth.
G A N A N AT H O B E Y E S E K E R E is professor emeritus of anthropology at
Princeton University. His books include Land Tenure in Village Ceylon;
Medusa's Hair: An Essay on Personal Symbols and Religious Experience; The
Cult of the Goddess Pattini; Buddhism Transformed; The Work of Culture:
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15362-1
Symbolic Transformation in Psychoanalysis and Anthropology; and The
$39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-52730-9
Apotheosis of Captain Cook: European Mythmaking in the Pacific, which won
FE BR UARY
672 pages
R E L I G I O N / P H I LO S O P H Y
44!|!FA L L
2011
the prize for most outstanding book in sociology and anthropology from
the Association of American Publishers and the Gottschalk Prize from the
American Society for Eighteenth Century Studies.
Species Matters
Humane Advocacy and Cultural Theory
Edited by Marianne DeKoven
and Michael Lundblad
QUESTIONING DISTINCTIONS BETWEEN “THE HUMAN”
A N D “ T H E A N I M A L ,” T H E S E R E N OW N E D I N T E L L E C T U A L S E X P LO R E W H E T H E R A DVO C AC Y F O R A N I M A L S
S H O U L D B E L I N K E D T O A D V O C A C Y F O R VA R I O U S
HUMAN GROUPS.
The question of the animal has preoccupied an increasing number of humanities, science, and social science
scholars in recent years, and important work continues to
expand the burgeoning field of animal studies. However,
a key question still needs to be explored: Why has the
academy struggled to link advocacy for animals to advocacy for various human groups? Within cultural studies,
in which advocacy can take the form of a theoretical intervention, scholars have resisted arguments that add “species” to race, class, gender, sexuality, disability, and other
human-identity categories as a site for critical analysis.
“To date, there has been relatively little
discussion about the possible connection
between animal studies (a discourse that
has recently emerged in the academy
Species Matters: Humane Advocacy and Cultural Theory
considers whether and why cultural studies—specifically cultural theory—should pay more attention to animal advocacy and whether or why animal studies should
pay more attention to questions raised by cultural theory.
The contributors to this volume focus on the “humane”
treatment of animals and various human groups and the
implications, both theoretical and practical, of blurring
the distinction between “the human” and “the animal.”
This anthology addresses important questions raised by
the history of representing humans as the only animal
capable of acting humanely, providing a framework for
reconsidering the nature of humane discourse, whether
in theory, literary and cultural texts, or current advocacy
movements outside of the academy.
M A R I A N N E D E KOV E N is professor of English at Rutgers University
across several disciplines) and advocacy
on behalf of the welfare and well-being of
animals. This volume takes as its aim the
discussion of such possible connections.
This is an important question to pursue, as
the discussion of politics, policy, and advocacy often remains implicit or in the background in much recent work on animal
studies. By bringing this question to the
foreground, the editors do a great service
for readers who might be attracted to this
literature in terms of its promise or usefulness for various kinds of activism. Likewise,
it allows those authors and academics
who are interested in animal studies to
give further consideration to the possible
political implications of work done in this
and a recipient of both Guggenheim and Rockefeller fellowships.
field of inquiry.” —Matthew Calarco, author
Her books include Utopia Limited: The Sixties and the Emergence of
of Zoographies: The Question of the Animal
the Postmodern, which won the Perkins Award from the Society of
from Heidegger to Derrida
Narrative Literature; Rich and Strange: Gender, History, Modernism; and
A Different Language: Gertrude Stein’s Experimental Writing. She is
also the editor of the Norton Critical Edition of Stein’s Three Lives.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15283-9
M I C H A E L LU N D B L A D is assistant professor of English and director of
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52683-8
animality studies at Colorado State University. His research focuses
on twentieth-century American literature and culture, cultural studies,
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15282-2
JANUARY
224 pages
C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S / A N I M A L S T U D I E S
ecocriticism, and animal and animality studies.
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!45
The Novel After Theory
Judith Ryan
A N O V E L I N V E S T I G AT I O N O F C O N T E M P O R A R Y L I T E R AT U R E ' S C R E AT I V E R E L AT I O N S H I P W I T H T H E O R Y.
Starting in the late twentieth century, novels began to
incorporate literary theory in unexpected ways. Through
allusion, parody, or implicit critique, theory formed an
additional strand in narratives, raising questions about
the nature of authorship and the practice of writing fiction. Overlooked by many scholars, this phenomenon
casts new light on both the recent development of the
novel and the persistence of modern theory beyond the
period of its greatest success. In this book, Judith Ryan
opens these questions to a variety of audiences, enabling
them to participate in the debates over fiction today.
“This brilliantly lucid, learned, and readable book demonstrates persuasively
the inherence of high theory in a wide
range of ‘postmodern’ novels. The work
of De Man, Derrida, Lacan, Kristeva,
Foucault, Baudrillard, Deleuze and
Guattari is shown in convincing detail
to have instigated both form and theme
in novels by Swift, DeLillo, Pynchon,
Kristeva, Coetzee, and many others.”
—J. Hillis Miller, University of California
Ryan seeks to understand what prompted fiction writers to begin incorporating theory nearly thirty years ago
and what its role may have been. Designed for readers
unfamiliar with theory's complex formulations, her book
introduces the major trends and controversies in the discipline and notes the salient features of each approach.
Ryan follows novelists' adaptation to and engagement
with arguments relating to the significance of symbol,
language, interpretation, and craft. At the core of her research is a fascinating microstudy of French poststructuralism and its dialogue with narrative fiction. Investigating
theories of textuality, psychology, and society in the work
of Don Delillo, Thomas Pynchon, J. M. Coetzee, Margaret
Atwood, W. G. Sebald, and Umberto Eco, as well as
Monika Maron, Alain Robbe-Grillet, Marguerite Duras,
Marilynne Robinson, David Foster Wallace, and Christa
Wolf, Ryan notes subtle negotiations between author and
theory and the richness this debate adds to the text. Her
book is an innovative reading of current literary theory
and its shaping of a distinct fictional genre.
J U D I T H R YA N is the Robert K. and Dale J. Weary
Professor of German and comparative literature at
Harvard University. Her work concerns aestheticism
and symbolism, modernism and the avant-garde, con$29.50 / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-15742-1
Her publications include Rilke, Modernism, and Poetic Tradition; The
272 pages
Vanishing Subject: Early Psychology and Literary Modernism; and A
DE CE M BE R
L I T E R A RY T H E O R Y
46!|!FA L L
2011
temporary literature, colonialism, and postcolonialism.
$22.99 / £16.00 ebook 978-0-231-52816-0
New History of German Literature.
Food and Faith in Christian Culture
Edited by Ken Albala and Trudy Eden
O R I G I N A L E S S AY S D E P I C T I N G C H R I S T I A N F O O D
P R AC T I C E S AC R O S S F I V E C E N T U R I E S A N D T H R O U G H O U T T H E WO R L D.
Without a uniform dietary code, various sects of
Christianity defined their relationship to food in strikingly different ways, promoting practices as widely divergent
as dieting, fasting, vegetarianism, and unique approaches to communal eating. These never-before published
essays map the intersection of food and faith in Europe,
America, and elsewhere around the globe over the past
five centuries, charting the influence of politics, social
structure, and culture on eating habits.
Theoretically rich yet full of engaging portraits, these essays consider the rise of food buying and consumerism
as early as the fourteenth century, as well as the ideology
of fasting during the Reformation and subsequent sanctions against sumptuous eating, the gender politics of
farming and food production in colonial America, and
the phenomenon of “enlightened” dieting in early modern France. Authors explore the religious implications of
wheat growing and breadmaking among New Zealand’s
Maori population, the revival of the Agape meal, or love
feast, among late-nineteenth-century and early-twentieth-century brethren in Christ Church, the metaphysical
significance of vegetarianism, the contemporary popularity of Christian weight-loss programs, and the practice of
silent eating rituals among English Benedictine monks.
Ken Albala opens with a comprehensive survey of food’s
part in developing and disseminating the teachings of
Christianity and its tangible embodiment of the experience of faith.
“Food has often been a subject of interest, and of anxiety, for Christians as well
as groups with more obvious dietary rules.
This excellent collection of essays shows
the remarkable variety of ways in which
food and meals have served to create and
express identity for Christians. From the
Middle Ages to the present, and from the
Reformation to Orthodoxy to evangelicalism, these authors explore the diversity
and the ubiquity of how food connects
with faith. ” —The Revd. Canon Andrew
McGowan, Ph.D., warden, Trinity College,
the University of Melbourne
“Albala and Eden serve up a delightful potpourri of thought-provoking and insightful
essays that explore the nexus between
food and Christianity from the fourteenth
to the twenty-first century. Widely sepa-
K E N A L B A L A is professor of history at the University of the Pacific.
His many books include Eating Right in the Renaissance; The Banquet:
Dining in the Great Courts of Late Renaissance Europe; Beans: A
History; and The Lost Art of Real Cooking: Rediscovering the Pleasures
of Traditional Food One Recipe at a Time. He is also the coeditor of the
journal Food Culture and Society, as well as several food series and the
Food Cultures of the World Encyclopedia.
T R U DY E D E N is an associate professor at the University of Northern
Iowa and writes about all the many things people do with food. Her
other books are The Early American Table: Food and Society in the New
World and Cooking in Early America, 1590–1840.
rated in time and space, these essays are
held together by common themes, such
as bodily health, fasting, and commensality." —Andrew F. Smith, author, Eating
History: 30 Turning Points in the Making of
American History
$26.50 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-14997-6
$79.50 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14996-9
$20.99 / £14.50 ebook 978-0-231-52079-9
DE CEM BE R
272 pages
FOOD / RELIGION
A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E :
P E R S P E C T I V E S O N C U L I N A R Y H I S TO R Y
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!47
The Philosopher’s Touch
Sartre, Nietzsche, and Barthes at the Piano
François Noudelmann
THE CONTEMPORARY FRENCH INTELLECTUAL
S C O R E S T H E P L AY O F M U S I C A N D T H O U G H T I N T H E
WO R K O F T H R E E M O D E R N P H I LO S O P H E R S .
“Amateur pianist and philosopher
François Noudelmann was jolted into
writing action when he saw a video of
Sartre on the piano. Like a recurring
traumatic flashback, the Sartrean performance touches off a series of reflections on the covert practices of three
highly attuned thinkers. The relation
to music, private and protected, offers
another register by which to read the
unsayable in the imposing works of
Friedrich Nietzsche, Jean-Paul Sartre,
and Roland Barthes. Ever vying with
language for sovereignty, music disrupts the implacable habits of linguistic
positing, taking these exemplary writers
to the scene of their greatest vulner-
Renowned philosopher and prominent French critic
François Noudelmann engages the musicality of JeanPaul Sartre, Friedrich Nietzsche, and Roland Barthes, all
of whom were amateur piano players and acute lovers
of the medium. Piano playing was a crucial art for these
thinkers, yet their writing on the topic has been rarely
studied, for their musings are scant, implicit, or discordant with their philosophical oeuvre. Noudelmann recovers and integrates these perspectives, showing how the
manner in which the philosophers played, the composers they adored, and the music they chose to study reveals
critical thinking styles and patterns.
Noudelmann positions the physical and theoretical practice of music as a dimension underpinning and resonating with Sartre’s, Nietzsche’s, and Barthes’s dominant
philosophies. By reading their work in light of their
music, he introduces a new formulation of their trajectories in life and thought and a sense of lived, embodied
experience, heightening the relationship between philosophy and the senses and the multiple registers of philosophical being. A careful reader of music, Noudelmann
maintains an elegant command of the texts under his
gaze and appreciates the discursive points of musical and
philosophical scholarship, especially research conducted
in the past few decades.
F R A N ÇO I S N O U D E L M A N N is a professor of philosophy at l’Université
Paris VIII and has taught at the State University of New York and Johns
ability.” —Avital Ronell, author of The
Hopkins University. He served as president of the Collège International
Test Drive and Finitude’s Score
de Philosophie and host of France-Culture’s radio program Philosophy
Fridays. His publications include Samuel Beckett, Jean-Paul Sartre, and
Image et Absence: Essai Sur le Regard.
B R I A N R E I L LY is visiting assistant professor of French literature at
Johns Hopkins University.
$26.50 / £18.50 cloth 978-0-231-15394-2
$19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-52720-0
JANUA RY
160 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y / L I T E R A RY C R I T I C I S M
EU RO P E AN PE R SPECT IV E S : A SE RI E S IN SO CI AL
T H OU G HT A ND CULT UR AL CR IT I CIS M
Press; All Other Rights: Editions Gallimard
48!|!FA L L
2011
History and Repetition
Kojin Karatani
Edited by Seiji M. Lippit
Karatani Kojin, one of Japan’s most influential thinkers,
wrote the essays collected in History and Repetition during a period of radical historical change, triggered by
the collapse of the Cold War order and the death of the
Shōwa emperor in 1989. Through an original reading
of Marx, Karatani developed a theory of history based on
the repetitive cycle of crises attending the expansion and
transformation of capital. His work led to a rigorous theoretical analysis of political, economic, and literary forms
of representation—joined by a detailed, empirical study
of Japan’s modern history—that recast historical events
as a series of repeated forms forged at moments of transition in the stages of global capitalism.
History and Repetition helped cement Karatani’s status as
one of Japan’s premier intellectuals, producing original
work that traverses philosophy, political economy, history, and literature. The first complete translation into
English, carried out with the cooperation of Karatani
himself, this book begins with an innovative reading of
Marx’s The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte, tracing the thinker’s early formulation of a theory of the state.
Following with a study of violent crises as they recur after
major transitions of power, Karatani develops his theory
of historical repetition, launching a groundbreaking interpretation of fascism (in both Europe and Japan) as the
spectral return of the absolutist monarch amid the crisis
of representative democracy.
Closely reading the work of Ōe Kenzaburō, Mishima
Yukio, Nakagami Kenji, and Murakami Haruki, Karatani
compares what is recurrent and universal with what is
singular and unrepeatable while developing a compelling
analysis of modern literature’s decline.
KOJ I N KA R ATA N I is a Japanese philosopher and founder of the New
Associationist Movement. He has taught at Columbia University, Cornell
University, the University of California, Los Angeles, Hosei University
in Tokyo, and Kinki University in Osaka. His books in English include
Origins of Modern Japanese Literature; Architecture as Metaphor;
Language, Number, Money; and Transcritique: On Kant and Marx.
S E I J I M . L I P P I T is associate professor of modern Japanese literature
and culture at the University of California, Los Angeles. He is the author
of Topographies of Japanese Modernism and editor of The Essential
Akutagawa.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15729-2
$34.50 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15728-5
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52865-8
NOVE MBE R
224 pages
L I T E R A R Y C R I T I C I S M / H I S TO R Y
Press; All Other Rights: Iwanami Shoten Publishers
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!49
N E W I N PA P E R
Building a Meal
Fixing the Sky
From Molecular Gastronomy
to Culinary Constructivism
The Checkered History of Weather
and Climate Control
Hervé This
James Rodger Fleming
Translated by M. B. DeBevoise
T H E T R AG I CO M I C STO RY O F T H E
THE SENSUAL SCIENCE OF COOKING.
R A I N M A K E R S , W E AT H E R WA R R I O R S ,
A N D C L I M AT E E N G I N E E R S W H O S E E K
“Hervé This’s major contribution is that food is
an act of love linked to the pursuit of happiness.
Building a Meal celebrates food and life.”
—Jeanine P. Plottel, Hunter College
An internationally renowned chemist, popular
television personality, and best-selling author,
Hervé This heads the first laboratory devoted to
molecular gastronomy, or the scientific exploration of cooking and eating. Using science to
test the recipes, principles, tricks, and maxims
that inform the kitchen, Hervé This “unites
the head with the hand” in order to defend and
transform culinary practice.
HERVÉ THIS is a physical chemist on the staff of the
Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique in Paris.
He is the author of Columbia University Press’s Kitchen
Mysteries: Revealing the Science of Cooking and Molecular
Gastronomy: Exploring the Science of Flavor and of several
other books on food and cooking.
As the alarm over global warming spreads, radical ideas are taking hold: if cuts in greenhouse
gas emissions are insufficient, let’s use reflective nanoparticles to bounce sunlight directly
into space or launch mirrors into orbit around
the Earth. We could make clouds thicker and
brighter or surround the Arctic sea ice with a
huge plastic flotilla. Yet while these proposals seem edgy and exciting, they often test the
limits of scientific possibility and overlook the
political, ethical, and social consequences of
climate management. Revisiting over a century
of efforts at weather and climate control, James
Fleming shows what can happen when fixing
the sky becomes a dangerous experiment in
pseudoscience.
JAMES RODGER FLEMING is a historian of science and tech-
nology and professor of science, technology, and society
at Colby College.
$14.95t / £9.95 paper 978-0-231-14467-4
$19.95t / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-14413-1
$19.95 / £13.95 cloth 978-0-231-14466-7
$27.95 / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14412-4
$9.99 / £13.95 ebook 978-0-231-51353-1
$14.99 / £19.95 ebook 978-0-231-51306-7
S E PT E MBER
50!|!FA L L
T O C O N T R O L N AT U R E .
152 pages
JANUARY
FOOD / SCIENCE
SCIENCE / HISTORY
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other
COLUMBIA STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL HISTORY
Rights: Editions Odile Jacob
2011
N E W I N PA P E R
My Life with the Taliban
Abdul Salam Zaeef
Translated from the Pashto and Introduced by Alex
Strick van Linschoten and Felix Kuehn
Foreword by Barnett R. Rubin
Holy Ignorance
When Religion and Culture Diverge
Olivier Roy
W H Y D O E S R E L I G I O U S F U N D A M E N TA L I S M
THRIVE IN SECULAR SOCIETIES?
A F O R M E R M I N I S T E R R E C O U N T S TA L I B A N
S T R AT E G Y A N D D E C I S I O N M A K I N G , A S
W E L L A S T I M E S P E N T I N G U A N TÁ N A M O
PRISON.
My Life With the Taliban is the autobiography of
Abdul Salam Zaeef, a former senior member of
Afghanistan’s Taliban and a principal actor in
its domestic and foreign affairs. Translated for
the first time from the Pashto, Zaeef’s words
share more than a personal history of an unusual life. They supply a counternarrative to
many standard accounts of Afghanistan since
1979. Zaeef recounts his time with the organization, first as a civil servant and then as a
minister who negotiated with foreign oil companies and Ahmed Shah Massoud, the leader
of the Afghani resistance. Zaeef served as ambassador to Pakistan at the time of 9/11, and his
testimony sheds light on the “phoney war” that
preceeded the U.S.-led intervention.
ABDUL SALAM ZAEEF was born in southern Afghanistan
in 1968 and played a role in many of his country’s major
events.
Olivier Roy, one of the world's most distinguished analysts of political Islam, finds in the
modern disconnection between faith communities and sociocultural identities a fertile space
for fundamentalism to grow. Instead of freeing
the world from religion, secularization has encouraged a kind of holy ignorance to take root,
an anti-intellectualism that promises immediate access to the sacred and positions itself in
direct opposition to contemporary pagan culture. Instead of a return to traditional religious
worship, Roy argues we are witnessing the individualization of faith and the disassociation
of faith communities from ethnic and national
identities. This has placed culturally integrated
religions, such as Catholicism and eastern orthodox Christianity, on the defensive, and presents new challenges to state and society.
OLIVIER ROY is research director at the French National
Center for Scientific Research. His books with Columbia
University Press are Secularism Confronts Islam, Globalized
Islam, The Politics of Chaos in the Middle East, The Search
for a New Ummah, and, with Mariam Abou Zahab, Islamist
Networks: The Afghan-Pakistan Connection.
$19.95t paper 978-0-231-70149-5
$19.00 paper 978-0-231-70127-3
$29.95 cloth 978-0-231-70148-8
$27.50 cloth 978-0-231-70126-6
$23.99 ebook 978-0-231-80045-7
$15.99 ebook 978-0-231-80042-6
NOV EM B ER
360 pages / 1 b&w illus. / 5 maps
FE BR UA RY
288 pages
CURRENT AFFAIRS / SECURITY STUDIES
RELIGION / CURRENT AFFAIRS / POLITICS
SERIES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!51
N E W I N PA P E R
Odd Girls and
Twilight Lovers
A History of Lesbian Life in
Twentieth-Century America
Lillian Faderman
“Nothing odd about Odd
Girls—it combines clear
prose with meticulous
research. This book is an
important contribution to
understanding America and
its people in our time.”
—Rita Mae Brown, author of
Ruby Fruit Jungle
The Letters of Sylvia
Beach
Edited by Keri Walsh
This Incredible Need to
Believe
Julia Kristeva
Lesbianism in America continues to undergo a metaTranslated by Beverley Bie Brahic
morphosis—a shape shifting. With a foreword by Noel Riley Fitch
K R I S T E VA C R E AT E S A S PA C E
According to Lillian Faderman, “Sylvia Beach was the midwife of
F O R FA I T H I N T H E P O S Tthere are “no constants with re- literary modernism.”
M O D E R N WO R L D.
gard to lesbianism” except that —Noel Riley Fitch
“Unlike Freud, I do not claim
lesbians prefer women.
Sylvia Beach (1887–1962) has that religion is just an illusion
In Odd Girls and Twilight Lovers been called the patron saint and a source of neurosis. The
Faderman tells the compel- of independent bookstores. time has come to recognize,
ling story of lesbian life in the Founder of the Left Bank’s without being afraid of ‘frighttwentieth-century. The book Shakespeare & Company in ening’ either the faithful or the
traces the evolution of lesbian 1919 and first publisher of agnostics, that the history of
identity and subcultures from James Joyce’s Ulysses (1922), Christianity prepared the world
the early years of the century her facility for nurturing tal- for humanism.”
to the diversity of today’s life- ent and promoting the avantstyles. Faderman uses journals, garde is legendary. In this first So writes Julia Kristeva in this
unpublished manuscripts, collection of her letters, we provocative work, which skillsongs, news accounts, novels, witness Sylvia Beach’s day-to- fully upends our deeply enmedical literature, and numer- day dealings as bookseller and trenched ideas about religion,
ous personal interviews with publisher to expatriate Paris. belief—and the thought of a
lesbians of all races, ages, and Friends and clients include renowned psychoanalyst and
classes, to uncover and relate Ernest Hemingway, Gertrude critic. Examining the lives, thethis often surprising narrative Stein, H. D., Ezra Pound, ories, and convictions of promJanet Flanner, William Carlos inent intellectuals, Kristeva
of lesbian life in America.
Williams, F. Scott Fitzgerald, investigates the human desire
LILIAN FADERMAN is the author of the
James Joyce, and Richard for God and the shadowy zone
award winning Surpassing the Love of Men
in which belief resides.
and Scotch Verdict. She has edited several
Wright.
anthologies of ethnic minority and lesbian literature and has published numerous articles
on lesbian life and literature. She is a professor of english at California State University in
Fresno, California.
KERI WALSH is assistant professor of literature at Claremont McKenna College in
JULIA KRISTEVA is professor of linguis-
tics at the Université de Paris VII.
Claremont, California.
$24.50 / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-07489-6
$19.95t / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-14537-4
$14.95t / £10.50 paper 978-0-231-14785-9
$64.50 / £51.50 cloth 978-0-231-07488-9
$29.95 / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14536-7
$19.95 / £13.95 cloth 978-0-231-14784-2
$14.99 / £19.95 ebook 978-0-231-51784-3
$9.99 / £13.95 ebook 978-0-231-51995-3
DE CEMBER
373 pages
376 pages
OC TO BE R
136 pages
LITERARY CRITICISM / GAY & LESBIAN
NOVE MBE R
BIOGRAPHY / LITERARY STUDIES
PHILOSOPHY / RELIGION
World English-language Rights: Columbia
University Press; All Other Rights: Donzelli
Editore
52!|!FA L L
2011
N E W I N PA P E R
Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari
French Global
Intersecting Lives
A New Approach to Literary History
François Dosse
Edited by Christie McDonald
Translated by Deborah Glassman
and Susan Rubin Suleiman
A R E L AT I O N S H I P A S R E V O L U T I O N A R Y A S
THE INTELLECTUAL CHANGES SWEEPING
MID-CENTURY FRANCE.
T W E N T Y- N I N E S C H O L A R S A N D C R I T I C S
TA K E F R E N C H L I T E R AT U R E — A N D W O R L D
L I T E R AT U R E —T O T H E N E X T L E V E L .
In May of 1968, Gilles Deleuze (1925–1995) was
a well-established philosopher teaching popular
courses at Vincennes University. Félix Guattari
was a militant psychoanalyst, the director of a
psychiatric clinic, and a social scientist. Deleuze
and Guattari would form an enigmatic partnership, uniting their liberal style and conceptual
inventiveness in such celebrated works as AntiOedipus, What Is Philosophy and A Thousand
Plateus. Drawing on unpublished archives and
hundreds of personal interviews, Dosse elucidates a collaboration that lasted more than two
decades, underscoring the role that family and
history—particularly the turbulent time of May
1968—play in their monumental work.
Is it possible to reread the entire sweep of
French literature from a world perspective?
Recasting French literary history in terms of
the cultures and peoples that interacted both
within and outside of France’s national boundaries, this volume offers a new way of looking
at the history of a national literature, along with
a truly global and contemporary understanding
of language, literature, and culture.
CHRISTIE MCDONALD is Smith Professor of French Language
and Literature at Harvard University. Her books include
The Extravagant Shepherd: A Study of the Pastoral Vision
in Rousseau’s Nouvelle Héloïse; The Dialogue of Writing:
Essays in Eighteenth-Century Literature: and The Proustian
Fabric.
FRANCOIS DOSSE is a professor at the IUFM Creteil, Paris
Institute for Political Studies.
SUSAN RUBIN SULEIMAN is C. Douglas Dillon Professor of
the Civilization of France and professor of comparative litDEBORAH GLASSMAN lives in Paris and Washington, D.C., and
erature at Harvard University. Her books include Crises of
works with the African Development Bank and Business-
Memory and the Second World War: Authoritarian Fictions:
Community Synergies on international development.
The Ideological Novel as a Literary Genre: and Subversive
Intent: Gender, Politics, and the Avant-garde.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-14561-9
$30.00 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14741-5
$37.50 / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-14560-2
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-14740-8
$19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-51867-3
$23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-51922-9
O CTOB ER
SEP T EMB E R
PHILOSOPHY
LITERARY STUDIES / FRENCH STUDIES
Rights: Editions La Decourverte
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!53
N E W I N PA P E R
THE
WORST-KEPT
SECRET
AVNER COHEN
ISRAEL’S
BARGAIN WITH
THE BOMB
The Worst-Kept Secret
Abu Dhabi
Israel’s Bargain With the Bomb
Oil and Beyond
Avner Cohen
Christopher M. Davidson
B R E A K I N G I S R A E L’ S CO D E O F N U C L E A R
A N I N S I D E L O O K AT T H E M I D D L E E A S T ’ S
SILENCE.
NEXT URBAN PHENOMENON.
Israel has made a unique contribution to the
nuclear age—it has created (with the tacit support of the United States) a special “bargain”
with its bomb. Israel is the only nuclear-armed
state that keeps its bomb invisible, unacknowledged, opaque. It will only say that it will not be
the first to introduce nuclear weapons to the
Middle East.
Author of the critically acclaimed Israel and the
Bomb, Avner Cohen offers a bold and original
study of this politically explosive subject. Along
with a fair appraisal of the bargain’s strategic
merits, Cohen critiques its undemocratic flaws.
Arguing that the bargain has become increasingly anachronistic, he calls for a reform in line
with domestic democratic values as well as current international nuclear norms.
AVNER COHEN is a senior fellow at the Washington Office
of the James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies,
Monterey Institute of International Studies.
“Abu Dhabi is a fine combination of history,
anthropology, economics, and political science.
The best thing I have yet read on the country,
adequately portraying its strengths while also
pointing to its critical shortcomings.”
—Robert Springborg, Naval Postgraduate School
A rising economic power, Abu Dhabi, the capital city of the United Arab Emirates, is poised to
become a major player in the fortunes of both
Third and First World countries. Abu Dhabi
owns more than 8 percent of the world’s oil reserves, has close to one trillion dollars to invest
in sovereign wealth funds, and is about to implement a masterful set of economic initiatives
that will yield even greater returns.
CHRISTOPHER M. DAVIDSON is a fellow of the Institute for
Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies at Durham University
and the author of Dubai: The Vulnerability of Success and
The United Arab Emirates: A Study in Survival.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-13699-0
$22.50 paper 978-0-231-70107-5
$35.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-13698-3
$35.00 cloth 978-0-231-70106-8
$19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0-231-51026-4
$17.99 ebook 978-0-231-80033-4
JANUARY
416 pages
CURRENT AFFAIRS / MIDDLE EAST STUDIES
S E PT E MB ER
256 pages
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES / CURRENT AFFAIRS
54!|!FA L L
2011
N E W I N PA P E R
! C HR IST I AN LEE N OV ETZ K E !




!!!
A Cultural
History of
Saint Namdev
in India
Shi’ite Lebanon
Transnational Religion and the
Making of National Identities
Roschanack Shaery-Eisenlohr
By providing a new framework for understanding Shi’ite national politics in Lebanon,
Roschanack Shaery-Eisenlohr recasts the relationship between religion and nationalism in
the Middle East. Her study draws on a variety
of untapped sources to reconsider not only the
politics of the established leadership of Shi’ites
but also the everyday and popular practices of
identity production in Lebanon.
Shaery-Eisenlohr argues that these ties to
Iran have in fact strengthened the position of
Lebanese Shi’ites not only, as is well-known,
by providing economic and ideological support
for Hezbollah but also by compelling Lebanese
Shi’ites to foreground more forcefully then
ever before the Lebanese components of their
identity.
Religion and Public Memory
A Cultural History of Saint Namdev in India
Christian Lee Novetzke
Winner: 2009 Best First book in the History of
Religion from the American Academy of Religion
Saint Namdev is a figure central to the history
of bhakti, or devotional Hinduism. Born into
a poor family in the Marathi-speaking region
of the Deccan in the late thirteenth century,
Namdev is said to have lived the life of an ardent devotee, a religious composer, and a singer
of great wisdom. Christian Lee Novetzke historically examines the many ways Namdev has
been remembered over the past seven hundred
years. Focusing primarily on Maharashtra and
drawing on ethnographies of devotional performance, archival materials, scholarly historiography, and popular media, especially film,
Novetzke vividly illustrates how religious communities in India preserve their pasts and, in
turn, create their own historical narratives.
ROSCHANACK SHAERY-EISENLOHR completed her Ph.D. at the
University of Chicago and is currently a postdoctoral fellow
CHRISTIAN LEE NOVETZKE is assistant professor at the
at Washington University.
University of Washington’s Jackson School of International
Studies in the South Asia Program and Comparative
Religion Program.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-14427-8
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-14185-7
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-14426-1
$55.00 / £38.00 cloth 978-0-231-14184-0
$19.99 / £14.00 e-book 978-0-231-51313-5
$21.99 / £15.00 e-book 978-0-231-51256-5
O CTO BE R
312 pages
OC TO BE R
336 pages
CURRENT AFFAIRS / MIDDLE EAST STUDIES
RELIGION
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!55
N E W I N PA P E R
Hyping Health Risks
The Economists’ Voice
Environmental Hazards in
Daily Life and the Science of
Epidemiology
Top Economists Take On
Today's Problems
Geoffrey C. Kabat
Ed Koch and the
Rebuilding of
New York City
Jonathan Soffer
In 1978, Ed Koch assumed
control of a city plagued by
filth, crime, bankruptcy, and
racial tensions. By the end of
his mayoral run in 1989, and
despite the Wall Street crash
of 1987, his administration
had begun rebuilding neighborhoods and infrastructure.
Unlike many American cities,
The first book to recast Koch’s
legacy through personal and
mayoral papers, authorized
interviews, and oral histories,
this volume plots a history of
New York City through two
rarely studied yet crucial decades: the bankruptcy of the
1970 s and the recovery and
crash of the 1980s.
JONATHAN SOFFER is professor of histo-
ry at the Polytechnic Institute of New
York University.
According to author and epidemiologist Geoffrey C. Kabat,
the hyping of low-level environmental hazards leads to
needless anxiety and confusion
on the part of the public concerning which exposures have
important effects on health
and which are likely to have
minimal or no effect.
By means of four case studies, Kabat demonstrates how
a powerful confluence of interests can lead to overstating
or distorting the scientific evidence. He considers the health
risks of pollutants such as
DDT as a cause of breast cancer, electromagnetic fields
from power lines, radon within
residences, and secondhand
tobacco smoke. Tracing the
trajectory of each of these hazards from its initial emergence
to the present, Kabat shows
how publication of more rigorous studies and critical assessments ultimately help put
hazards in perspective.
Edited by Joseph E.
Stiglitz, Aaron S. Edlin,
and J. Bradford DeLong
“The essays are written by
outstanding economists who
are highly esteemed in the
profession, and the choice
of subjects is relevant and
timely.” —Diane Coyle, author
of The Soulful Science: What
Economists Really Do and Why It
Matters
In this valuable resource, more
than thirty of the world's top
economists offer innovative policy ideas and insightful commentary on our most
pressing economic issues,
such as global warming, the
global economy, government
spending, Social Security, tax
reform, real estate, and political and social policy, including
an extensive look at the economics of capital punishment,
welfare reform, and the recent
presidential elections.
demiologist. He has been on the fac-
Contributors are Nobel Prize
winners, former presidential
advisers, well-respected columnists, academics, and practitioners from across the political
spectrum.
ulty of the Albert Einstein College of
JOSEPH E. STIGLITZ is a professor at
GEOFFREY C. KABAT is a cancer epi-
Medicine and the school of medicine
Columbia University and former chief
of the State University of New York at
economist and senior vice president of
Stony Brook and has published over
the World Bank.
80 scientific papers.
$22.95t / £15.95 paper 978-0-231-15033-0
$24.00 / £16.50 paper 978-0-231-14149-9
$17.95t / £12.50 paper 978-0-231-14365-3
$34.95 / £23.95 cloth 978-0-231-15032-3
$29.95 / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14148-2
$27.95 / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-14364-6
$17.99 / £12.50 ebook 978-0-231-52090-4
$23.99 / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-51196-4
$27.95 / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-52786-6
JAN UARY
528 pages
272 pages
NOVE MBE R
328 pages
HISTORY
SCIENCE / HEALTH
ECONOMICS / BUSINESS
COLUMBIA HISTORY OF URBAN LIFE
56!|!FA L L
D ECEMB ER
2011
N E W I N PA P E R
Simplify, Simplify
And Other Quotations from
Henry David Thoreau
Kevin P. Van Anglen
“A brilliant new sampling of
Thoreau's words....this collection stands as a document
unto itself....” —The Capital
Times
Sampling from Walden, the
essay "Civil Disobedience,"
and the letters and journals of
his later years, among other
texts, Kevin P. Van Anglen distills Henry David Thoreau's
immense, creative, clever,
and surprisingly progressive
thought into 750 quotations,
presenting a concise and
straightforward introduction
to Emerson’s profound philosophy. Addressing subjects
as wide-ranging as English
literature, the act of reading,
and the art of love to independence, ecology, and democratic
government, Emerson was a
true original writing at a time
of American exceptionalism,
and his incomparable insight
will thrill readers from every
background.
KEVIN P. VAN ANGLEN teaches English
and American literature at Boston
University. He is an editor of The
Writings of Henry D. Thoreau and
Environment: An Interdisciplinary
Anthology.
Modern Korean Drama
Edited by Richard
Nichols
Rivalry
A Geisha’s Tale
Nagai Kafu
Translated by Stephen Snyder
The first general anthology
of modern Korean drama to Rivalry tells the story of
be published in almost three Komayo, a woman who, upon
decades, this collection show- the death of her husband,
cases both the fantastic and the must resume her life as a geirealistic innovations of Korean sha. Originally published in
dramatists during a time of 1918, Rivalry is regarded as the
rapid social and historical masterpiece of Nagai Kafu,
change. Stretching from 1962 a Japanese novelist known
to 2004, these seven works for his brilliant renderings
concern major events, such of Tokyo in the early years of
as the close of the Cho!son modern Japan. Rivalry has long
Dynasty and the consequenc- been celebrated as one of the
es of the Korean War, and most convincing and sensustruggle with cultural issues, ally rich portraits of the geisha
such as the role of art in poli- profession, an emotionally nutics and the cruelty of modern anced ensemble piece in which
sexual politics competes with
education.
sisterly affection in a world
RICHARD NICHOLS is emeritus professor
ruled by material transaction.
of theater at Penn State University and
cotranslator of Four Contemporary
Korean Plays by Lee Yun-Taek.
NAGAI KAFU’S (1879–1959) translated
works include Autumn Wind and Other
Stories, American Stories, and During
the Rains and Flowers in the Shades:
Two Novellas.
$18.95t / £13.00 paper 978-0-231-10389-3
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-0-231-14947-1
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-0-231-14119-2
$28.00 / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-10388-6
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0231-14946-4
$24.95 / £16.95 cloth 978-0-231-14118-5
$19.99 / £14.00 ebook 978-0231-52038-6
S EPT E MBER
JA NUA RY
224 pages
352 pages
184 pages
PHILOSOPHY
S E PTEM BE R
LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES
DRAMA / ASIAN STUDIES
JAPANESE STUDIES SERIES
World English Language Rights: Columbia
University Press
All Other Rights: J-Lit Center
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!57
N E W I N PA P E R
Hiroshima After Iraq
The Fabulous Imagination
Three Studies in Art and War
On Montaigne’s Essays
Rosalyn Deutsche
Lawrence D. Kritzman
W H AT C A N A R T O F F E R I N A S I T U AT I O N
R E T H I N K I N G T H E WO R K O F T H E I N V E N TO R
O F WA R ?
O F T H E M O D E R N E S S AY.
Many on the left lament an apathy or amnesia
toward recent acts of war. Particularly during
the recent invasion of Iraq, opposition to war
seemed to lack the heat and potency of the
1960s and 1970s, giving the impression that
passionate dissent was all but dead. Through
an analysis of three politically engaged works of
art, Rosalyn Deutsche efficiently debunks this
theory through an analysis of three politically
engaged works of art against this melancholic
attitude confirming the power of contemporary art to criticize subjectivity as well as war.
Deutsche selects three videos centered on the
deployment of the atomic bomb. Each confronts the ethical task of addressing historical
disaster, and each explores the intersection of
past and present war.
In this book, Lawrence D. Kritzman traces
Montaigne’s development of the Western concept of the self. For Montaigne, imagination
lies at the core of an internal universe that
influences both the body and the mind; it
is essential to human experience. Although
Montaigne recognized that the imagination can
confuse the individual, “the fabulous imagination” can be curative, enabling the mind’s “I” to
sustain itself in the face of hardship. Kritzman
begins with Montaigne’s study of the fragility
of gender and its relationship to the peripatetic
movement of a fabulous imagination. He then
follows with the scholar’s examination of the
act of mourning and the power of the imagination to overcome the fear of death. Kritzman
concludes with Montaigne’s views on philosophy, experience, and the connection among
self-portraiture, ethics, and oblivion.
ROSALYN DEUTSCHE teaches of art history at Barnard
College and author of Evictions: Art and Spatial Politics,
which investigates the politics of space in art, architecture,
and urban planning and design.
LAWRENCE D. KRITZMAN is professor of French and compar-
ative literature and director of the Institute of French and
Cultural Studies at Dartmouth.
$18.00 / £12.50 paper 978-0-231-15279-2
$22.00 / £15.00 paper 978-0-231-11993-1
$22.50 / £15.50 cloth 978-0-231-15278-5
$29.50 / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-11992-4
$17.99 / £12.50 ebook 978-0-231-52649-4
$17.99 / £12.50 e-book 978-0-231-51251-0
DE CEMBER
240 pages
PHILOSOPHY
THE WELLEK LIBRARY LECTURES
58!|!FA L L
NOVE MBER
PHILOSOPHY / HISTORY
2011
N E W I N PA P E R
The Politics of Inequality
A Desert Named Peace
A Political History of the Idea of Economic
Inequality in America
The Violence of France’s Empire in the
Algerian Sahara, 1844–1902
Michael J. Thompson
Benjamin Claude Brower
Since the early days of the American republic,
political thinkers have maintained that a grossly
unequal division of property, wealth, and power
would lead to the erosion of democratic life. Yet
over the past thirty-five years, neoconservatives
and neoliberals alike have redrawn the tenets
of American liberalism. Nowhere is this more
evident than in our current mainstream political discourse, in which the politics of economic
inequality are rarely discussed.
Winner of the 2010 Albert Hourani Book Award
In this impassioned book, Michael J.
Thompson reaches back into America’s rich
intellectual history to reclaim the politics of inequality from the distortion of recent American
conservatism.
MICHAEL J. THOMPSON is assistant professor of political sci-
ence at William Paterson University. He is the founder and
editor of Logos: A Journal of Modern Society & Culture.
His previous book is Islam and the West: Perspectives
on Modernity, and he is editor of the book series Critical
Perspectives on Modern Society for Rowman and Littlefield
Press.
and the David H. Pinkney Prize from the Society
for French Historical Studies
“Clearly and, at times, very beautifully written, A
Desert Named Peace brings together a staggering amount of archival and primary evidence and
draws effectively on a mountain of secondary
studies. On the subject of French involvement in
Algeria, Benjamin Claude Brower comes across as
exceptionally learned. Sure to be of interest to a
wide variety of scholars.”
—J. P. Daughton, author of An Empire Divided:
Religion, Republicanism, and the Making of French
Colonialism, 1880–1914
A Desert Named Peace offers an important backdrop to understanding the Algerian war for independence (1954–1962) and Algeria’s ongoing
internal war, begun in 1992, between the government and armed groups that claim to fight
for an Islamist revolution.
BENJAMIN CLAUDE BROWER is an assistant professor of his-
tory at Texas A&M University and a former member of the
Institute for Advanced Study, Princeton, New Jersey.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-14075-1
$26.50 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15493-2
$40.00 / £27.50 cloth 978-0-231-14074-4
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15492-5
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-51172-8
$21.99 / £15.00 ebook 978-0-231-51937-3
F EB RUA RY
264 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE
S EP T EMBER
480 pages
HISTORY / AFRICAN STUDIES
HISTORY AND SOCIETY OF THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!59
PHILOSOPHY
The Radical Luhmann
Hans-Georg Moeller
“The fact that Moeller has written such a convincing thesis is a major achievement in itself. It is
made even more impressive by the fact that he
has, through the avoidance of sociological jargon
and the copious use of examples to illustrate
his points, succeeded in conveying complex,
abstract ideas in a way that makes them acces-
A Radical Philosophy of Saint Paul
Stanislas Breton
Introduction by Ward Blanton
Translated by Joseph N. Ballan
Newly translated and critically situated, this edition of A Radical Philosophy of Saint Paul takes
a fresh approach to the philosopher’s classic
work, reacquainting readers with the remarkable ways in which an ancient apostle can reset
our understanding of the political. Breton begins with Paul’s biography and the texts of his
conversion, which challenge common conceptions of identity. He broaches the question of
allegory and divine predestination, introduces
the idea of subjectivity as an effect of power,
and confronts Paul’s critique of law, which
leads to an exploration of the logics and limits
of agency and power. Breton develops these
and other insights in relation to Paul’s subversive reflections on the crucified messiah, which
challenge meaning and reason and upend our
current world order.
STA N I S L AS B R E TO N (1912–2005) was a renowned French
theologian and philosopher who taught at the École
Normale Supérieure in Paris and the Institut Catholique of
Paris and Lyon. His books in English include The Word and
The Cross.
WAR D B LA NTO N is senior lecturer in the School of Critical
Studies at the University of Glasgow.
disciplines.” —Michael King, emeritus professor,
University of Reading, U.K.
In The Radical Luhmann, Hans-Georg Moeller
focuses on Luhmann’s paradigm shift from
philosophy to theory, which introduced new
perspectives on the contemporary world.
Boldly breaking with the heritage of Western
thought, Luhmann denied the central role of
humans in social theory, particularly the possibility of autonomous agency. In this way, after
Copernicus’s cosmological, Darwin’s biological, and Freud’s psychological deconstructions
of anthropocentrism, he added a sociological
“fourth insult” to human vanity. A theoretical
shift toward complex system-environment relations helped Luhmann “accidentally” solve
one of Western philosophy’s primary problems:
mind-body dualism. By pulling communication into the mix, Luhmann finally rendered
the Platonic dualist heritage obsolete. Moeller’s
clear presentation opens these formulations to a wide audience and directly relates
Luhmannian theory to contemporary issues
in democracy, art, education, justice, human
rights, and mass media.
H A N S - G E O R G M O E L L E R is a senior lecturer in the
Philosophy Department at University College Cork in Cork,
Ireland.
$26.50 / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15105-4
$24.50 / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-15379-9
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15104-7
$74.50 / £51.50 cloth 978-0-231-15378-2
$67.99 / £47.00 ebook 978-0-231-52176-5
S E PT E MBER 176 pages
$59.99 / £41.50 ebook 978-0-231-52717-0
RELIGION
INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN RELIGION,
POLITICS, AND CULTURE
World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights:
Presses Universitaires de France
60!|!FA L L
sible to readers across a wide range of academic
2011
NOVE MBE R
160 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
The Fate of Wonder
Jean Grondin
Wittgenstein’s Critique of Metaphysics
and Modernity
Translated by Lukas Soderstrom
Kevin Cahill
“What makes this book an excellent introduction
“Cahill knows the relevant literature well and
to metaphysics is not so much its demonstration
deploys it with care and sophistication to develop
of these general conclusions as its both lucid
an interpretation that confirms and enhances
and subtle accounts of the different versions of
the intrinsic intellectual interest of resolute or
‘metaphysics’ we encounter within our tradition.
therapeutic readings of Wittgenstein.” —Stephen
In other words, it is an excellent introduction
Mulhall, New College, Oxford University
PHILOSOPHY
Introduction to Metaphysics
From Parmenides to Levinas
not only to metaphysics in general but also to
Parmenides, Aristotle, Duns Scotus, Descartes,
Schelling, Heidegger, etc.” —Michael King,
Emeritus Professor, University of Reading, U.K
The first history of metaphysics to respect both
the analytic and Continental schools while
also transcending the theoretical limitations
of each, this compelling overview restores the
value of metaphysics to contemporary audiences. Grondin follows the theological turn
in metaphysical thought during the Middle
Ages. He engages with the twentieth-century
innovations that shook the discipline, particularly Heidegger’s notion of Being and the
rediscovery of metaphysics as existence (Sartre
and the existentialists), language (Gadamer
and Derrida), and transcendence (Levinas).
Metaphysics is often dismissed as a form or
epoch of philosophy that must be overcome.
Yet a full understanding of its platform and processes reveal a cogent approach to reality, and
its reasoning has been foundational to modern
philosophy and science.
In The Fate of Wonder, Kevin Cahill frames an
original interpretation of Ludwig Wittgenstein’s
engagement with Western metaphysics and
modernity, better contextualizing the intentions and force of his work. He combines key
elements from the so-called resolute readings
of the Tractatus with the “therapeutic” readings of Philosophical Investigations. He shows
how continuity in Wittgenstein’s cultural and
spiritual concerns informed if not guided the
development of his work between the writing of these texts, and in his reading of the
Tractatus, Cahill reveals surprising affinities
with Martin Heidegger’s Being and Time, a text
not often associated with Wittgenstein’s early
formulations. In his recapturing of wonder,
Wittgenstein both avoided and undermined
traditional philosophy’s reliance on theory. As
he relays this bold endeavor, Cahill establishes
his own innovative analytical methods, joining
historicist and contextualist approaches with
text-based, immanent readings, launching a
sustained examination never attempted before
with Wittgenstein’s work.
JEA N GR O N D I N is professor of philosophy at the
Université de Montréal. He is a world-renowned philosopher whose books in the fields of metaphysics, German
philosophy, and hermeneutics have been translated into
fourteen languages.
LU KAS SO D E R STR OM is a graduate student in philosophy
K E V I N C A H I L L is associate professor of philosophy at the
University of Bergen, Norway. He has authored several
journal publications on Wittgenstein and is coeditor, with
Lene Johannessen, of Considering Class: Essays on The
Discourse of the American Dream.
at L’Université de Montréal.
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14844-3
$45.00 / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-15800-8
$89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14845-0
$35.99 / £25.00 ebook 978-0-231-52811-5
$71.99 / £49.50 ebook 978-0-231-52723-1
NOVE MBE R
JA NUARY
360 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
288 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
Rights: Les Presses de L’Universite de Montreal
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!61
PHILOSOPHY
Afterness
Apoha
Figures of Following in Modern Thought
and Aesthetics
Buddhist Nominalism and Human Cognition
Gerhard Richter
and Arindam Chakrabarti
Gerhard Richter’s groundbreaking study argues that the concept of “afterness” is key to
understanding the thought and aesthetics of
modernity. He pursues such questions as what
it means for something to “follow” something
else and whether what follows marks a clear
break with what comes before. Or does that
which follows tacitly perpetuate its predecessor as a consequence of its indebtedness to
the terms and conditions of that from which it
claims to have departed? Indeed, Richter asks,
is not the very act of breaking with, and then
following upon, a way of retroactively constructing and fortifying that which the break that set
the movement of following into motion had occurred from?
The apoha theory is a novel Buddhist approach
to explaining the meanings of words and the
formation of general concepts. When we understand that something is a pot, is this because of some one property that all pots share?
According to apoha theory, when we seek out
a pot, we select an object that is not a non-pot,
and we repeat this practice with all other items
and expressions.
Richter explores the concept and movement of
afterness as a privileged yet uncanny category
through close readings of Immanuel Kant,
Franz Kafka, Martin Heidegger, Ernst Bloch,
Walter Benjamin, Bertold Brecht, Theodor W.
Adorno, Hannah Arendt, Jean-François Lyotard,
and Jacques Derrida.
G ERH A R D RICH TE R is director of the graduate program in
critical theory at the University of California, Davis.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15770-4
OC TOB ER
288 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
C O L U M B I A T H E M E S I N P H I LO S O P H Y,
SOCIAL CRITICISM, AND THE ARTS
62!|!FA L L
2011
Edited by Mark Siderits, Tom Tillemans,
Orthodox Hindu philosophers have long challenged the validity of the apoha theory, believing instead in the existence of enduring
properties. Seeking to settle this controversy,
these essays explore whether apoha offers new
and workable solutions to problems in the scientific study of human cognition. The findings
will surprise skeptics and delight readers who
enjoy integrating Eastern and Western styles of
inquiry.
M A R K S I D E R I T S is professor of philosophy at Seoul
National University. T O M T I L L E M A N S
is profes-
sor of Buddhist studies at the University of Lausanne,
Switzerland. A R I N DA M C H A K R A B A R T I is director of the
Center for South Asian Studies and professor of philosophy at the University of Hawaii.
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15361-4
$89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15360-7
$71.99 / £49.50 ebook 978-0-231-52738-5
O C TO B E R
352 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
Richard F. Nance
Practicing Buddhism in Modern Thailand
Commentaries on Buddhist scripture, particularly the sūtras, written by seminal thinkers
across the history of Indian Buddhism, contain
myriad insights into the relationship between
textual analysis and ritual practice. Evaluating
these commentaries in detail for the first time,
Richard F. Nance revisits—and rewrites—the
critical history of Buddhist thought, including
its unique conception of doctrinal transmission.
Written by such luminaries as Nāgārjuna,
Vasubandhu, Dignāga, and Śāntideva, scriptural commentaries have long played an important role in the monastic and philosophical
life of Indian Buddhism. Nance reads these
texts against the social and cultural conditions
of their making, establishing a solid historical
basis for the interpretation of key beliefs and
doctrines. He also underscores areas of contention, in which scholars debate what it means to
speak for, and as, a Buddha. Throughout these
texts, Buddhist commentators struggle to deduce and characterize the speech of Buddhas
and teach others how to convey and interpret
its meaning. At the same time, they demonstrate the fundamental dilemma of trying to
speak on behalf of Buddhas. Nance also investigates the notion of “right speech” as articulated
by Buddhist texts and follows ideas about teaching as imagined through the common figure of
a Buddhist preacher. He notes the use of epistemological concepts in scriptural interpretation
and the protocols guiding the composition of
scriptural commentary.
Justin Thomas McDaniel
Focusing on representations of the ghost and
the monk from the late eighteenth century to
the present, Justin Thomas McDaniel builds
a case for interpreting modern Thai Buddhist
practice through the movements of these transformative figures. He follows embodiments of
the ghost and the monk in a variety of genres
and media, including biography, film, television, drama, ritual, art, liturgy, and the Internet.
Sourcing nuns, monks, laypeople, and royalty,
he shows how relations with the ghost and the
monk have been instrumental in crafting histories and modernities.
PHILOSOPHY
Scriptural Commentary in Indian Buddhism
The Lovelorn Ghost
and the Magical Monk
Speaking for Buddhas
Establishing an individual’s “religious repertoire” as a valid category of study, he explores
the performance of Buddhist thought and
ritual through practices of magic, prognostication, image production, sacred protection, and
deity and ghost worship, among other enactments, and clarifies the meaning of multiple
cultural configurations. Listening to popular
Thai Buddhist ghost stories, visiting crowded
shrines and temples, McDaniel finds that concepts of attachment, love, wealth, beauty, graciousness, security, nationalism, entertainment,
and family and national heritage all spring
from engagement with the ghost and the monk.
J U S T I N T H O M A S M C DA N I E L is associate professor of
Buddhism and Southeast Asian studies at the University
of Pennsylvania. He has also taught at Ohio University
and the University of California at Riverside. Chair of
the Southeast Asian Studies Council and the Thailand,
Laos, Cambodia Studies Association and founder of the
R I C H A R D F. N A N C E is assistant professor of South Asian
Buddhism in the Department of Religious Studies, Indiana
University, Bloomington.
Thai Digital Monastery Project, he lived and researched
in Southeast Asia for many years as a Social Science
Research Council and Fulbright Fellow, manuscript cataloger, translator, volunteer teacher, and Buddhist monk.
$55.00 / £38.00 cloth 978-0-231-15230-3
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15376-8
$43.99 / £30.50 ebook 978-0-231-52667-8
$47.99 / £33.00 ebook 978-0-231-52754-5
DE C EMB ER
288 pages
OC TO BE R
384 pages
RELIGION
R E L I G I O N / P H I LO S O P H Y
All Rights except Thai-language Rights: Columbia
University Press; Thai-language Rights: Justin Thomas
McDaniel
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!63
RELIGION
Hindu Widow Marriage
Ishvarchandra Vidyasagar
A complete translation, with an introduction and critical
notes, by Brian A. Hatcher
The Teachings of Master Wuzhu
Zen and Religion of No-Religion
Wendi L. Adamek
“The translation is extremely well done... by an
expert in the field with a thorough understanding
of the text and its context.” —Morten Schlütter,
author of How Zen Became Zen
The Record of the Dharma-Jewel Through the
Generations (Lidai fabao ji) is a little-known
Chan/Zen Buddhist text of the eighth century,
rediscovered in 1900. The text relays a fascinating, sectarian history of Buddhism, refracted
through the progressive philosophy of Bao
Tang Founder Chan Master Wuzhu (714–774).
The Lidai fabao ji illustrates Master Wuzhu’s reinterpretation of the Chinese practices of merit,
repentance, precepts, and Dharma transmission. These aspects of traditional Buddhism
remain troublesome in contemporary practice,
making the Lidai fabao ji a vital document of its
struggles and compromises. Wendi L. Adamek
brings Master Wuzhu’s experimental community to life and situates his paradigm-shifting teachings within the history of Buddhist
thought.
W E N D I L . A DA M E K teaches East Asian Buddhism at the
A Sanskrit scholar and passionate social reformer, Ishvarchandra Vidyasagar was a leading proponent of widow marriage in colonial
India, urging contemporaries to reject a ban
that caused countless women to suffer needlessly. His brilliant strategy paired a rereading
of Hindu scripture with an emotional plea on
behalf of the widow, resulting in an organic
reimagining of Hindu law and custom.
Vidyasagar made his case through his two-part
publication, Hindu Widow Marriage, a tour de
force of logic, erudition, and humanitarian
rhetoric.
Translating the entire text into English for the
first time, Brian A. Hatcher makes one of the
nineteenth-century’s most important treatises
on Indian social reform available to an Englishspeaking audience. An expert on Vidyasagar,
Hinduism, and colonial Bengal, he enhances
his work with a substantial introduction describing Vidyasagar’s multifaceted career, as
well as the history of colonial debates on widow
marriage. He innovatively interprets the significance of Hindu Widow Marriage within Indian
culture and philosophy, situating the text in
relation to indigenous intellectual practices. In
addition, Hatcher provides an overview of basic
Hindu categories for first-time readers, a glossary of technical vocabulary, and an extensive
bibliography, making the text accessible to students and scholars alike.
I S H VA R C H A N D R A V I D YA S A G A R (1820–1891) was a
Sanskrit scholar, author, educator, and social reformer.
B R I A N A . H AT C H E R is professor and Packard Chair of
Theology in the Department of Religion at Tufts University.
University of Sydney. She is the author of The Mystique of
Transmission: On an Early Chan History and Its Contexts.
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15022-4
$55.99 / £38.50 ebook 978-0-231-52660-9
$67.99 / £47.00 ebook 978-0-231-52792-7
O C TO B E R
S E PTE MBE R
224 pages
R E L I G I O N / H I S TO R Y
T RANSLATI ONS FRO M T H E AS IAN CL ASSI CS
64!|!FA L L
$70.00 / £48.50 cloth 978-0-231-15633-2
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15023-1
2011
272 pages
RELIGION
RELIGION
The Columbia Guide to Religion
in American History
Edited by Paul Harvey and Edward J. Blum
“This book’s stated purpose is to serve scholars, students,
and general readers who search for ‘reliable narratives and
resource texts’ on American religious history in an environment where older...Their compilation aims to offer basic
information as well as a synthetic and interpretive set of
guidelines.” —Tracy Fessenden, author of Culture and
Redemption: Religion, the Secular, and American Literature
The first guide to American religious history from colonial times to the present, this anthology features twentytwo top scholars discussing major themes and topics in
the development of the diverse religious traditions of the
United States, such as the growth and spread of evangelical culture, the mutual influence of religion and politics, the rise of fundamentalism, the role of gender and
popular culture, and the problems and possibilities of
pluralism. Geared toward general readers, students, researchers, and scholars, this volume provides concise yet
broad surveys of specific fields, with an extensive glossary
and bibliographies detailing relevant books, films, articles, music, and media resources for navigating different
streams of religious thought and culture.
Contributors:
Margaret Bendroth (Calvin College) · Jason
Bivins (North Carolina State University) ·
Edward J. Blum (San Diego State University) ·
Ira Chernus (University of Colorado, Boulder) ·
Suzanne Crawford (University of California,
Santa Barbara) · Linford Fisher (Brown
University) · Philip Goff (University of California,
Los Angeles) · Paul Harvey (University of
The guide opens with a thematic exploration of American
religious history and culture and follows with twenty
topical chapters, each of which illuminates the dominant questions and lines of inquiry that have determined scholarship within the chapter’s chosen theme.
Contributors also outline areas in need of further, more
sophisticated study and identify critical resources for additional research. An A to Z glossary lists crucial people,
movements, groups, concepts, and historical events, enhanced by extensive statistical data.
Colorado) · Alan Levenson (University of
Oklahoma) · Andrew Manis (Macon State
College) · Mark Noll (University of Notre Dame)
· Anthony Michael Petro (New York University) ·
D. Michael Quinn (Brigham Young University) ·
Frank Ravitch (Michigan State University) · Lynn
Ross-Bryant (University of Colorado, Boulder) ·
Jane Smith (Harvard Divinity School) · Stephen
Stein (Indiana University, Bloomington) · Randall
Stephens (Eastern Nazarene University) ·
Douglas Sweeney (Trinity Evangelical Divinity
School) · Leslie Woodcock Tentler (Catholic
PA U L H A R V E Y is a professor of history and Presidential Teaching
University of America) · Roberto Trevino
Scholar at the University of Colorado, Colorado Springs. He is the au-
(University of Texas, Arlington) · Timothy Tseng
thor of Redeeming the South: Religious Cultures and Racial Identities
(University of Virginia)
Among Southern Baptists, 1865–1925; Freedom’s Coming: Religious
Culture and the Shaping of the South from the Civil War Through the
Civil Rights Era; and coauthor, with Edward J. Blum, of Jesus in Red,
White, and Black: Race and Religion in American History.
$75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-14020-1
JANUARY
488 pages
E DWA R D J . B L U M is associate professor of history at San Diego
R E L I G I O N / H I S TO R Y
State University. His books are Reforging the White Republic: Race,
C O L U M B I A G U I D E S TO A M E R I C A N H I S TO RY
Religion, and American Nationalism, 1865–1898 and W. E. B. DuBois:
A N D C U LT U R E S
American Prophet.
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!65
RELIGION
Salafism in Yemen
Transnationalism and Religious Identity
Religious Broadcasting in the
Middle East
Laurent Bonnefoy
Edited by Khaled Hroub
Salafism has become the West’s new political
bogeyman, with many regarding the movement
as a deceptively benign religious and social institution masking a powerful, centralized foreign-policy platform shaped by nefarious Saudi
interests. Based on extensive research conducted throughout Yemen, Laurent Bonnefoy’s penetrating study offers a necessary corrective to
these negative portrayals.
Religious broadcasting in the Middle East has
benefited tremendously from new, transnational media networks and the widespread
availability of satellite broadcasting technology. Mainstream news channels, such as
Al-Jazeera and Al-Arabiya, broadcast popular religious programming, in some cases filled with
highly politicized content (Hamas’s Al-Aqsa
and Hizbullah’s Al-Manar, for example), and in
others featuring more apolitical commentary,
concerned only with preaching God’s word.
Bonnefoy focuses on the decidedly nonviolent
Salafi doctrines promoted by the renowned
Yemeni Salafi thinker and teacher, Muqbil alWadi’i, who died in 2001. Bonnefoy also references the everyday activities of al-Wadi’i’s
dedicated followers. Rather than the result of
specifically planned policies, he shows, Yemeni
Salafism has, since the early 1980 s, evolved
through a series of spontaneous, grassroots
mechanisms, and Bonnefoy follows these
complex, translocal transformations through
Yemeni migration and the individualization of
religious identity.
Having reviewed a diverse selection of the region’s most influential religious channels and
programs, the contributors to this volume present pioneering interpretations of the Middle
East’s burgeoning religious media market.
They explore dominant themes and discourses
and the manner and behavior of celebrity hosts
and personalities eager to master and influence
the dynamics of a rapidly expanding platform.
K H A L E D H R O U B is director of the Arab Media Project at
Cambridge University. He is the author of Hamas: Political
L AU R E N T B O N N E F OY (Ph.D.) is a researcher in political
science at the Institut Français du Proche Orient based in
Thought and Practice and editor of Political Islam: Context
Versus Ideology.
Damascus, Syria.
$60.00 cloth 978-0-231-70296-6
$40.00 cloth 978-0-231-70298-0
$47.99 ebook 978-0-231-80075-4
$31.99 ebook 978-0-231-80076-1
JAN UA RY
66!|!FA L L
288 pages
JANUARY
288 pages
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES/ISLAMIC STUDIES
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES/ISLAMIC STUDIES
2011
C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
!"#$%&'($)*
+,*-+&.+*
($*,"$."$
THE MUSLIM
BROTHERHOOD
IN EUROPE
RO BERT L AMB ERT
Roel Meijer & Edwin Bakker (eds)
Countering Al Qaeda in London
The Muslim Brotherhood in Europe
Robert Lambert
Edited by Roel Meijer
and Edwin Bakker
Robert Lambert recounts the remarkable story
of two peaceful, pioneering projects to reduce Al Qaeda-inspired terrorism in a major
Western city. By partnering Muslim community
groups with police forces in London, one project empowered Muslims to exile the Egyptian
Sunni activist Abu Hamza and his violent hardcore supporters from Finsbury Park Mosque in
North London. The other bolstered long-standing efforts by Brixton’s Muslim community to
challenge and diminish the influence of the violent extremists among them, notably the radical
clerics Abu Qatada and Abdullah el Faisal.
These antiextremist projects set important
paradigms for future community-based counterterrorism efforts, proving the involvement
of centralized government is often less effective
than direct, localized action, especially during
times of war. Lambert explains how channeling genuine and reasonable Muslim grievance
about Western foreign policy—in ways that are
familiar and acceptable to western audiences
and anathema to Al-Qaeda—can create unparalleled outcomes throughout the world.
R O B E R T L A M B E R T is a scholar with a police career in
counterterrorism. He and a colleague established the
Muslim Contact Unit.
Scholars have long debated the intentions of
the Muslim Brotherhood in the Middle East.
Some claim the organization supports terrorism, while others believe it is a positive force
for democratization. Though the Muslim
Brotherhood in Europe has attracted less attention, many feel they understand the group
just as well, for they assume it is closely tied
to its Middle Eastern counterpart. Critics believe Europe’s Muslim Brotherhood is a suspicious, secretive, and centrally led organization,
increasing the alienation of Europe’s Muslims,
while sympathizers regard the Brotherhood as
a moderate, westernized, and fully integrated
force for good.
In this volume, experts on Europe’s Muslim
Brotherhood provide richer, more impartial
perspectives on the critical issues relating to the
group. It confronts Brotherhood organizations
in different European contexts and traces their
highly specific relationships with non-Muslim
press outlets and authorities.
R O E L M E I J E R teaches modern Middle Eastern history at
the Radboud University in Nijmegen. E DW I N B A K K E R is
professor of counterterrorism studies at Leiden University.
$50.00 cloth 978-0-231-70276-8
$45.00 cloth 978-0-231-70290-4
$39.99 ebook 978-0-231-80077-8
$35.99 ebook 978-0-231-80078-5
DE C EMB ER
240 pages
DEC E MBER
288 pages
I S L A M I C S T U D I E S /C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
I S L A M I C S T U D I E S /C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!67
LUIS MARTINEZ
D 2 C 2 9 J :KC 2 6 = :
A@=:E:4D2?5
D@4:6EJ:?
D2F5:2C23:2
THE VIOLENCE OF
PETRO-DOLLAR
REGIMES
ALGERIA, IRAQ
AND LIBYA
EYV4cfTZR]JVRcd`W5VgV]à^V_e
"*'!"*)#
Politics and Society in Saudi Arabia
The Violence of Petro-Dollar Regimes
The Crucial Years of Development, 1960–1982
Algeria, Iraq, Libya
Sarah Yizraeli
Luis Martinez
Grounding odd phenomena within a clear
political and social history, this volume translates the complex dynamics of a major Middle
Eastern power into an understandable narrative. Sarah Yizraeli focuses on a rarely studied
group: the Saudi royal family. She describes the
family’s key players and their decision-making
processes, which have informed for decades
the unique character of the country’s rule. The
royal family made no secret of their intentions.
They laid out their ruling strategy in a document known as the “Ten Point Programme,”
delivered in a 1962 speech by Crown Prince
Faysal. In practice, this strategy placed severe
restrictions on social change and the kind of
political reforms that might have helped Saudi
Arabia confront many of the problems it faces
today, particularly in the educational sector.
Whether Saudi Arabia can modernize without
major social and religious upset remains to be
seen. The research in this book tracks several
key avenues that the regime may follow and the
possible response of its inscrutable elite.
S A R A H Y I Z R A E L I is senior research fellow at the Moshe
Dayan Center for Middle Eastern and African Studies, Tel
Aviv University. She is the author of The Remaking of Saudi
The creation of oil “rents” in the 1970s put
Algeria, Iraq, and Libya on the fast track to modernization. Massive revenues turned Algeria
into the “Mediterranean dragon,” Libya into an
“emirate,” and Iraq into the preeminent “rising
military power” of the Arab world.
From a political perspective, the progressive
socialism of these countries would seem to
have engendered profound, promising change:
increased rights for women, positive urbanization, and improved education. Yet oil wealth’s
realities are beyond disillusioning. The international community now wonders whether
reform can ever penetrate such nations and
if the west will ever enjoy a secure gas supply.
Offering the first global evaluation of these issues, Luis Martinez considers the nature of oilsponsored violence in Algeria, Iraq, and Libya
and its ability both to weaken and bolster their
regimes.
L U I S M A R T I N E Z is a senior research fellow at CERI/
Sciences Po in Paris. He has been a visiting professor at
Columbia University, New York (2000–2001) and at the
University of Montréal (2007–2008).
Arabia: The Struggle Between King Sa’ud and Crown Prince
Faysal, 1953–1962.
$50.00 cloth 978-0-231-70270-6
$39.99 ebook 978-0-231-80079-2
JAN UA RY
68!|!FA L L
244 pages
$50.00 cloth 978-0-231-70302-4
$39.99 ebook 978-0-231-80080-8
JANUARY
288 pages
M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S / H I S TO RY
M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S /C U R R E N T A F FA I R S
2011
4@?46AEF2=:D:?8
>@56C?H2C
(editors)
KARL ERIK HAUG | OLE JØRGEN MAAØ
Introduction by Hew Strachan
Conceptualizing Modern War
Airpower for Strategic Effect
Edited by Karl Erik Haug
and Ole Jørgen Maaø
Colin S. Gray
The effort to conceptualize war properly is incredibly important, for along with trying to
define modern warfare, Western military establishments, such as the Pentagon, are simultaneously trying to fight conflict effectively and
successfully. In order to do so, they must grasp
an accurate theory of events on the ground.
Network-centric warfare and effects-based operations are two prominent examples of working theories, yet they still fail to capture the full
dynamics of our new military reality.
The contributors to this volume stress the inadequacy of current terms. They examine existing
concepts and forge new directions in thinking
and research, forcing readers to reengage with
the battles they think they know and are changing as rapidly as the technology that powers
them.
KA R L E R I K H AU G is associate professor of history at the
Royal Norwegian Air Force Academy in Trondheim, where
he has been teaching since 1999. His fields of interest and
publishing include Norwegian foreign policy, military history, and international relations. OLE JØRGEN MAAØ is associate professor of history at the Royal Norwegian Air Force
Academy in Trondheim. He served nearly twenty years as
an officer within the Norwegian Air Force.
Airpower for Strategic Effect provides a critical,
strategic history of airpower as well as a new
general theory. A wholly original work combining ideas drawn from existing literature on
airpower with Colin S. Gray’s own research
on strategy, this study situates the story of airpower within a larger history of modern strategy, reevaluating the benefits of airpower from
World War I to recent conflicts in Iraq and
Afghanistan.
Gray rethinks airpower’s strategic history and
its general strategic theory in light of the information he has provided, concluding with a look
at the relationship between theory and current,
practical issues. The history of airpower might
be full of strategic successes, yet when the tool
is misused, it fails catastrophically. Gray’s study
marks a major effort to improve our grasp of
airpower’s strategic potential within different
political, cultural, military-strategic, and technological contexts.
CO L IN S . GR AY, one of Britain’s most renowned analysts of
military strategy, is professor of international politics and
strategic studies at the University of Reading. Professor
Gray served in the U.S. Government and founded and ran a
defense think-tank in Washington, D.C.
$80.00 cloth 978-0-231-70294-2
$55.00 cloth 978-0-231-70300-0
$63.99 ebook 978-0-231-80081-5
$43.99 ebook 978-0-231-80082-2
JA NUARY
352 pages
FE BR UA RY
288 pages
S T R AT E G I C S T U D I E S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
S T R AT E G I C S T U D I E S / H I S TO R Y
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!69
Governance Without a State
States of War
Policies and Politics in Areas of Limited Statehood
Enlightenment Origins of the Political
Edited by Thomas Risse
David William Bates
“Written with force and coherence, this superb vol-
“Bates’s own position is supremely original and
ume offers a compelling critique of and alterna-
perfectly and clearly articulated. He shows that
tive to mainstream social science approaches and
the political does not have to lead to fascism
will be a landmark in the study of the evolution of
and violence and exclusion (clearly, it has not
sovereignty and in the nature of collective action.”
prevented these things from taking place) but can
—Will Reno, Northwestern University
Limited statehood, argue the authors in this
provocative collection, is in fact a fundamental form of governance, immune to the forces
of economic and political modernization ushered in by globalization. Challenging common
assumptions about sovereign states and the
evolution of modern statehood, particularly
the dominant paradigms supported by international relations theorists, development agencies,
and international organizations, this volume
explores strategies for effective and legitimate
governance within a framework of weak and
ineffective state institutions. Approaching the
problem from the perspectives of political science, history, and law, contributors explore
the factors that contribute to successful governance under conditions of limited statehood,
such as the involvement of nonstate actors
and non-hierarchical modes of political influence. Empirical chapters analyze, among other
issues, security governance by nonstate actors,
the contribution of public-private partnerships
to promote the United Nations Millennium
Goals, the role of business in environmental
governance, and the problems of Western statebuilding efforts.
have a more progressive, individualist, and antiexclusionary form.”
—James Martel, San Francisco State University
We traditionally associate the Enlightenment
with the taming of absolutist sovereign power
through the establishment of a legal state
based on the rights of individuals. In his critical rereading, David W. Bates shows instead
that Enlightenment thinkers conceived of political autonomy in a systematic, theoretical
way. Focusing on the nature of foundational
violence, war, and existential crises, eighteenthcentury thinkers understood law and constitutional order not as a constraint on political
power but as the logical implication of that primordial force. Returning to the origin stories
that informed the beginnings of political community, Bates reclaims the idea of law, warfare,
and the social order as intertwining elements
subject to complex historical development.
Bates demonstrates that Enlightenment thinkers understood the autonomous political
sphere as a space of law protecting individuals
according to their political status, not as mere
members of a historically contingent social
order.
T H O M A S R I S S E is professor of international politics
DAV I D W. B AT E S is professor of rhetoric at the University
at the Freie Universität Berlin and coordinator of the
of California, Berkeley, and director of the Berkeley Center
Collaborative Research Center “Governance in Areas of
for New Media.
Limited Statehood.”
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15120-7
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15805-3
$39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-52187-1
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15804-6
S E PT E MBER
320 pages
$66.99 / £46.00 ebook 978-0-231-52866-5
272 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE
NOVE MBE R
POLITICAL SCIENCE
C O L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N P O L I T I C A L T H O U G H T/ P O L I T I C A L H I S TO R Y
70!|!FA L L
2011
Women in Iraq
Past Meets Present
Yfaat Weiss
Noga Efrati
Until the War of 1948, Wadi Salib was an impoverished Arab neighborhood in Haifa, Israel.
A single day of fighting uprooted its residents.
Yet Wadi Salib retained its Arab name, even
after Jewish immigrants from Morocco resettled it, replacing one layer of existence with
another. In 1959, Misrahi protest against continual discrimination turned the neighborhood
and into an icon of ethnic strife between Israeli
Jews. Nevertheless, its Arab inscription and the
acts committed there lingered in its stones.
Yfaat Weiss investigates the erasure of Wadi
Salib’s heritage and its emergence as an Israeli
site of memory. At the core of her quest lies
the concept of property, and she merges the
constraints of former Arab ownership with
requirements and restrictions pertaining
to urban development and the emergence
of memory. Establishing a relationship between Wadi Salib’s Arab refugees and subsequent Moroccan evacuees, Weiss questions
the Israeli public’s eerie lack of awareness
about this neighborhood’s former inhabitants
and the impact of this amnesia on the riots of
1959. Describing the protests in detail, Weiss
traces in their complex dynamics the echoes of
Wadi Salib’s multilayered and hidden history.
Through her sensitive reading of this contested
real estate, she offers a different perspective
on the personal and political making of Israeli
identity.
YFAAT WE I SS is professor in the Department of the History
of the Jewish People and head of the Franz Rosenzweig
Minerva Research Center for German-Jewish Literature
and Cultural History at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.
She is the author of various studies on German and Central
European history, as well as on Jewish and Israeli history.
“This is clearly a very well researched, accessible,
and well written piece of important scholarship
that fills a gap in the existing literature on the
history of Iraq generally as well as the more specific history of Iraqi women’s rights activism.”
—Nadja Al-Ali, the School of African and
Oriental Studies, Univeristy of London
Noga Efrati outlines the first social and political history of women in Iraq during the periods of British occupation and British-backed
Hashimite monarchy (1917–1958). The attempt to control Iraq through “authentic leaders,” giving them legal and political powers,
marginalized the interests of women, if not
completely sacrificing their well-being altogether. From the state’s early days, Iraqi women
called out the biases of the Tribal Criminal and
Civil Disputes Regulation and the absence
of state intervention in matters of personal
status and resisted women’s disenfranchisement. Following the coup of 1958, their criticism helped precipitate the dissolution of the
TCCDR and the ratification of the Personal
Status Law. A new government gender discourse shaped by these past battles arose, yet
the U.S.-led invasion of 2003, rather than cementing women’s rights into law, unnervingly
repeated British conduct. Efrati looks at the
efforts of Iraqi women to preserve the progress
they have made, utterly defeating the notion
that members of their sex have been passive
witnesses to history.
N O G A E F R AT I is a research fellow at the Harry S. Truman
Research Institute for the Advancement of Peace, the
Hebrew University of Jerusalem, and heads the Truman
Institute’s Post-Saddam Iraq Research Group.
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15226-6
$45.00 / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-15814-5
$47.99 / £33.00 ebook 978-0-231-52626-5
$35.99 / £25.00 ebook 978-0-231-53024-8
DE C EMB ER
272 pages
A Confiscated Memory
Wadi Salib and Haifa’s Lost Heritage
JANUARY
224 pages
H I S TO RY
POLITICAL SCIENCE / MIDDLE EAST STUDIES
All Rights except Hebrew, Arabic and German-language Rights:
Columbia University Press; Hebrew, Arabic and German-language
Rights: The Author
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!71
Socialism Unbound
The Dissent Papers
Principles, Practices, and Prospects
Second Edition
The Voices of Diplomats
in the Cold War and Beyond
Stephen Eric Bronner
Hannah Gurman
“This is a humane and erudite book. Bronner’s
bold analysis of the labor movement in theory
and practice explores its past contributions and
mistakes, reshapes its socialist legacy for the
present, and illuminates the emancipatory project for the future.” —Frances Fox Piven, author
of Challenging Authority: How Ordinary People
Change America
“Bronner provides one of the finest historical
accounts of the socialist tradition yet written.”
—New Political Science
Treating socialism as an ethic and reclaiming its early intellectual foundations while
acknowledging and correcting its inherent
flaws, Bronner advances a more robust theory
of working-class politics for the twenty-first
century.
Bronner confronts a host of controversial issues, including the relationship between class
and social movements, institutional accountability and participation, and economic justice and market imperatives; the problematic
processes of revolution and reform; and the
tensions between internationalism and identity. Adding a new introduction examining the
revival of socialist theory and the evolution
of labor politics over the past three decades,
Bronner’s classic treatise furthers the intellectual development of a genuinely progressive
politics.
ST E P H E N E R I C B R O N N E R is professor of political science
and comparative literature at Rutgers University the senior
“Gurman’s approach and evidence are fresh and
original. She brings disparate but connected
stories together to show how diplomats used the
primary tool given them: language.”
—Elizabeth Cobbs Hoffman, author of Broken
Promises, A Novel of the Civil War
During America’s reign as a dominant world
power, U.S. presidents and senior foreignpolicy officials largely ignored or rejected the
reports, memos, and telegrams of their diplomats, especially when they challenged key policies regarding the Cold War, China, and wars in
Vietnam and Iraq. The Dissent Papers recovers
the invaluable perspective of these individuals
and their commitment to the transformative
power of diplomatic writing.
Gurman showcases the work of diplomats and
follows the circulation of documents within
the State Department, the National Security
Council, the C.I.A., and the military and details
the rationale behind the “Dissent Channel,” instituted by the State Department in the 1970s to
both allow and contain dissent. She connects
the erosion of the diplomatic establishment
and the weakening of the diplomatic writing tradition to larger political and ideological
trends and advances an alternative narrative of
modern U.S. history while foreshadowing the
resurgent importance of diplomatic writing in
the age of Wikileaks.
H A N N A H G U R M A N is a clinical assistant professor at New
York University’s Gallatin School of Individualized Study,
where she teaches history, literature, and culture of the
United States in the world.
editor at Logos.
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-15383-6
$45.00 / £31.00 cloth 978-0-231-15872-5
$89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15382-9
$35.99 / £25.00 ebook 978-0-231-53035-4
$71.99 / £49.50 ebook 978-0-231-52735-4
JANUARY
JAN UA RY
256 pages
POLITICAL SCIENCE
C O L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N P O L I T I C A L T H O U G H T / P O L I T I C A L H I S TO R Y
72!|!FA L L
2011
288 pages
P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / H I S TO RY
HISTORY
Rites of Return
Memory, Trauma, and History
Diaspora, Poetics, and the Politics of Memory
Essays on Living with the Past
Edited by Marianne Hirsch
Michael S. Roth
and Nancy K. Miller
Rites of Return examines the widespread effects
of a legacy of historical injustice and documented suffering on the politics of the present. This
collection of original essays devoted to feminist
diasporic studies maps bold and broad-based
responses to past injury across Eastern Europe,
Africa, Latin America, Australia, the Middle
East, and the United States.
Rites of Return brings together twenty-four
writers, historians, literary and cultural critics,
anthropologists and sociologists, visual artists, legal scholars, and curators to explore our
contemporary ethical endeavor to redress still
damaging injustices and retrieve lost histories.
Their essays reopen the conversation about the
importance of a cultural memory that honors
the lessons of the past without, in turn, being
paralyzed by nostalgia for lost places.
MA RIA NN E HI R SC H is William Peterfield Trent Professor of
English and Comparative Literature at Columbia University
and professor in the Institute for Research on Women and
Gender. N A N C Y K . M I L L E R is distinguished professor of
English and comparative literature at the Graduate Center,
City University of New York.
“Michael Roth rules! A compulsive peeper into the
corners of the historical past, Roth is the visual
historian’s historian. Not only because he is
smart, not only because he finds odd things that
captured people’s attention in the past, not only
because he is theoretically sophisticated without
being dogmatic, but also because as a thinker
and writer he is always able to engage his audience on every topic.” —Sander L. Gilman, Emory
University
This collection features Roth’s most influential
essays, in which he takes a more expansive
conception of history to decode the cultural
construction of memory. He explores links
between historical consciousness and issues
relating to the psyche, including trauma and
repression and hypnosis and therapy. Roth next
examines the work of postmodern theorists in
light of the philosophy of history. He then considers photography and its capturing of traces
of the past, which propose connection while
acknowledging otherness.
M ICHA EL S. R OT H is the president of Wesleyan University.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15091-0
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-14569-5
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-15090-3
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-14568-8
$67.99 / £47.00 ebook 978-0-231-52179-6
$67.99 / £47.00 ebook 978-0-231-52161-1
NOVE M B ER
328 pages
NOVE MBE R
384 pages
LITERARY CRITICISM
H I S TO R Y
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!73
C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S
Banished to the
Homeland
Modernist
Commitments
Dominican Deportees and Their
Stories of Exile
Transnational Modernism
Between Ethics and Politics
David C. Brotherton
and Luis Barrios
Jessica Berman
Fo l l o w i n g t h o u s a n d s o f
Dominican deportees over a
seven-year period, David C.
Brotherton and Luis Barrios
capture the experience of emigration, imprisonment, banishment, and repatriation on
this vulnerable population.
The authors conclude that a simultaneous process of cultural
inclusion and socioeconomic
exclusion best explains the trajectory of emigration, settlement, and rejection, and they
mark in the behavior of deportees the contradictory effects of
dependency and colonialism.
Filled with riveting life stories
and uncommon ethnographic research, Banished to the
Homeland relates the modern
deportee’s journey to broader
theoretical studies of transnationalism, assimilation, and
social control, exposing the
dangerous new reality created
by today’s draconian immigration policies.
DAV I D C . B R OT H E R TO N
is professor
and chair of sociology at the John Jay
College of Criminal Justice.
Hideous Progeny
Disability, Eugenics, and Classic
Horror Cinema
Angela M. Smith
Twisted bodies, deformed
faces, aberrant behavior, and
tion, this is a state of the
abnormal desires characterart book.”
ized the hideous creatures
of classic Hollywood horror,
—John Marx, University of
which thrilled audiences with
California, Davis
their sheer grotesqueness.
Jessica Berman argues that Reading such films as Dracula
modernist narrative bridges (1931), Frankenstein (1931),
the gap between ethics and Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde (1931),
politics, connecting ethical at- Freaks (1932), and Mad Love
titudes and responsibilities— (1935) against early-twentiethideas about what we ought to century disability discourse
be and do—to active creation of and propaganda on racial and
political relationships and the biological purity, Smith reveals
classic horror’s dependence
way we imagine justice.
on the narratives of eugenics
Berman also makes the case and physiognomics. She also
for an expanded transna- notes the genre’s conflicted
tional model of modernism. and often contradictory visuArguing that modernism may alizations. Smith ultimately
be best seen as a dynamic set finds in filmmakers’ visceral
of relationships, problemat- treatments an indictment of biics, and cultural responses to ological determinism, taking
modernity rather than a static the impossibility of racial imcanon of works, a given set of provement and bodily perfecformal devices, or a specific tion to sensationalistic heights.
range of attitudes, Berman Smith’s study has profound
jettisons the notion that mod- implications for cinema and
ernism originates in a few key disability studies, not to menEuropean texts or arrives only tion general histories concerning the construction of social
belatedly in other regions.
and political attitudes toward
J E S S I C A B E R M A N is associate profesthe
other.
sor and chair of English at the University
“Both in its aims and its execu-
of Maryland, Baltimore County. She
is the author of Modernist Fiction,
A N G E L A M . S M I T H is assistant profes-
Cosmopolitanism, and the Politics of
sor of English and gender studies at
Community.
the University of Utah.
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14935-8
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-14951-8
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-15717-9
$89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14934-1
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-14950-1
$87.50 / £60.50 cloth 978-0-231-15716-2
$71.99 / £49.50 ebook 978-0-231-52032-4
$67.99 / £47.00 ebook 978-0-231-52039-3
$69.99 / £48.50 ebook 978-0-231-52785-9
L U I S B A R R I O S is a professor at the
John Jay College of Criminal Justice.
NOV EMB ER
74!|!FA L L
320 pages
JA NUARY
320 pages
DE CE MBE R
384 pages
P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / S O C I O LO GY
L I T E R A RY C R I T I C I S M
PERFORMING ARTS / FILM
M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S
F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S
2011
The Chinese Factor
in Central Asia
Strong Society,
Smart State
Domestic Order
The Rise of Public Opinion
From Restoration to Occupation,
and Social Change
in China’s Japan Policy
1868–1945, Abridged Edition
Marlène Laruelle and
Sébastien Peyrouse
James Reilly
Edited by J. Thomas
Rimer and Van C. Gessel
“An extremely ambitious anthology that fills a serious gap in
resources for teaching modern
Japanese literature.”
—Stephen Snyder,
University of California
“An immense variety of literary
scenes that illustrate stages
of modernization in Japan.”
—Makoto Ueda, Stanford
University
This abridgement offers a concise yet remarkably rich introduction to the fiction, poetry,
drama, and essays that reflect
Japan’s modern encounter with
the West. Spanning a period
of exceptional invention and
transition, the volume forms a
critical companion not only for
courses in Japan’s literary and
intellectual development but
also for scholarship on its history, culture, and interactions
with global actors, both East
and West.
J. T H O M A S R I M E R is emeritus profes-
sor of Japanese literature, theater, and
art at the University of Pittsburgh. VA N
C . G E S S E L is professor of Japanese
literature at Brigham Young University.
Since the early 2000 s , the
People’s Republic of China
has become a key player in the
fortunes of Central Asia, particularly by partnering with
the Shanghai Cooperation
Organization. Economically,
China is one of the largest traders and investors
in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan,
Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, and
Turkmenistan, drastically reducing Russia’s long-time
dominance and the influence of the United States and
Europe.
Confronting the external conditions contributing to this rise,
along with the domestic developments transforming Central
Asia into such fertile territory,
this volume takes a rare look
at contemporary change in
Central Asia and China’s role
in the region’s current remaking. This book opens a window
onto these developments and
their implications in domestic
and global spheres.
M A R L ÈN E L A R UE L L E an d S É B ASTI E N
PEYROUSE
are both senior re-
search fellows with the Central AsiaCaucasus Institute & Silk Road Studies
Program at SAIS, Johns Hopkins
University, Washington, D.C.
The rise of public opinion
and its influence in Chinese
foreign policy reveals a remarkable evolution in authoritarian responses to social
turmoil. James Reilly shows
how Chinese leaders have responded to popular demands
for political participation
with a sophisticated strategy
combining tolerance, responsiveness, persuasion, and repression. The success of their
approach helps explain why
and how the Communist Party
continues to rule China.
Through a detailed examination of China’s relations with
Japan from 1980 to 2010, Reilly
reveals the populist origins of
a wave of anti-Japanese public
mobilization that swept across
China in the early 2000 s .
Reilly’s study of public opinion’s influence on foreign policy extends beyond democratic
states. It reveals how persuasion and responsiveness sustain Communist Party rule in
China and develops a method
for examining similar dynamics in other authoritarian regimes.
J A M E S R E I L LY is lecturer in north-
east Asian politics at the University of
Sydney.
$40.00 / £27.50 paper 978-0-231-11861-3
$60.00 cloth 978-0-231-70304-8
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15806-0
$120.00 / £83.00 cloth 978-0-231-11860-6
$49.99 ebook 978-0-231-80083-9
$39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-52808-5
$95.99 / £66.00 ebook 978-0-231-52164-2
F E BRUARY
NOVE M B ER
896 pages
256 pages
ASIAN STUDIES
The Columbia
Anthology of Modern
Japanese Literature
NOVE MBE R
352 pages
ASIAN STUDIES
P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / A S I A N H I S TO R Y
LITERARY CRITICISM
CONTEMPORARY ASIA IN THE WORLD
MODERN ASIAN LITERATURE SERIES
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!75
ASIAN STUDIES
!!!"#$%"&'(!"
"#$%&'(!)#*&%!+!,-%./(01-&!2#33%&40(
!"#$%!#&%'&
%'(%)'&*%+%,#
!"#$%%&'()&*+,)&
$-&"$,'#$*
!"#$%&'()*$#+)",
-%.$"$#+&/&%'0)#1.$/
!"#$%&'(")%*+(,+-#".)/#0)*#')(/
LUV PURI
Muslims in Indian Cities
Across the Line of Control
Trajectories of Marginalisation
Inside Azad Kashmir
Edited by Christophe Jaffrelot
and Laurent Gayer
Luv Puri
Muslims constitute the largest minority in
India yet, surprisingly, they suffer the most politically and socioeconomically. Forced to contend with severe and persistent prejudice, they
often fall victim to violence and collective acts
of murder.
The Partition of 1947 split Kashmir into Indianadministered and Pakistan-administered territories. While the social and political character
of India’s portion have been widely researched,
the social, political, and cultural conditions of
Pakistan-administered Jammu and Kashmir
(PAJK) remain poorly understood, even among
the world’s most renowned experts.
While the quality of Muslim life may lag behind that of Hindus nationally, local, inclusive
cultures have been resilient in the south and
the east. In the Hindi belt and in the north,
Muslims have known less peace, especially in
the riot-prone areas of Ahmedabad, Mumbai,
Jaipur, and Aligarh, and in the capitals of former Muslim states–Delhi, Hyderabad, Bhopal,
and Lucknow. These cities are rife with Muslim
ghettos and slums, though self-segregation has
also played a part in forming Muslim enclaves,
as in Delhi and Aligarh, where traditional elites
and the new Muslim middle class regrouped
for physical and cultural protection. This book
deploys a quantitative methodology combining
firsthand testimony with sound critical analysis.
With an eye toward building a proper history
of PAJK, Luv Puri revisits the crucial pre-Independence social and political processes that initially polarized Kashmir and the development
of the region during Partition. He then traces
the affect of those events on Pakistan’s Punjab
province and the country’s later position toward Jammu and Kashmir. He follows migration patterns from Mirpur to Britain and the
Mirpuri diaspora’s significant support of early
militancy in Jammu and Kashmir in 1989. The
roots of this insurgency, which took shape in
PAJK, promised to deliver the region not only
from Indian but also Pakistani control. Puri
identifies the pro-independence movement’s
fascinating evolution, from its inception to its
present-day tensions.
CH R ISTO PH E JA FF R E LOT was until recently director of the
Centre d’Etudes et de Recherches Internationales (CERI).
LAUR E NT G AY E R is research director of the French Centre
de Sciences Humaines in New Delhi.
$40.00 cloth 978-0-231-70308-6
$40.00 cloth 978-0-231-70306-2
$31.99 ebook 978-0-231-80085-3
$31.99 ebook 978-0-231-80084-6
F E BR UARY
76!|!FA L L
LU V P U R I is a Fulbright scholar at New York University. A
correspondent for the The Hindu, he has contributed to a
variety of media publications and academic journals and
received the European Commission Award for Human
Rights and Democracy in 2006.
320 pages / 16 b&w illus.
JANUARY
176 pages
ASIAN STUDIES/ISLAMIC STUDIES
A S I A N S T U D I E S / H I S TO R Y
2011
THE
Edited by Alan S. Brown and Paul H. Patterson
The Origins of Schizophrenia synthesizes key findings on
a disorder that has been increasingly studied over the
past decade. Advances in epidemiology, neuroscience
technology, and molecular and statistical genetics have
identified new putative environmental risk factors and
candidate susceptibility genes, recasting schizophrenia’s
neurobiological nature. Providing the latest clinical and
neuroscience research developments in a comprehensive
volume, this collection by world-renowned investigators
answers a pressing need for balanced, thorough information, while pointing to future directions in research and
interdisciplinary collaboration.
ORIGINS
OF
SCHIZOPHRENIA
SCIENCE
The Origins of Schizophrenia
ALAN S. BROWN, M.D.
PAUL PATTERSON, P H .D
EDITED BY
AND
The Origins of Schizophrenia spans a broad scope of
potential etiologic factors involved in the disorder, including environmental insults, vulnerability genes, copynumber variants, and epigenetics. The book thoroughly
examines each of these topics from the vantage point of
epidemiologic, clinical, and basic neuroscience (animal
model) approaches. It is an essential resource for clinical
researchers in psychiatry, psychology, and other mental
health fields; for neuroscientists representing many subdisciplines; and for clinical mental health professionals.
Alan S. Brown and Paul H. Patterson, highly decorated
scholars on this topic, have ensured uniformity in their
collection’s format and use of pedagogical structures,
advancing a text that is much more cohesive than many
other edited works in psychiatry and neuroscience.
A L A N S . B R OW N is professor of psychiatry and epidemiology at the
College of Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia University and the
Joseph L. Mailman School of Public Health, and director of the Unit in
Birth Cohort Studies at the New York State Psychiatric Institute. His
honors include the A.E. Bennett Research Award from the Society
of Biological Psychiatry, the Bingham Award for Scholarship in
Schizophrenia, awards from the National Alliance for Research on
Schizophrenia and Depression, and several distinguished lectureships.
PAUL H. PAT T ERS ON is the Anne P. and Benjamin F. Biaggini Professor
of Biological Sciences at the California Institute of Technology. Prior
to arriving at Caltech, he served on the faculty of the Harvard Medical
School for ten years. His honors include the Ulf von Euler Lectureship
at the Karolinska Institutet, a Distinguished Investigator Award from
the National Alliance for Research on Schizophrenia and Depression,
a Javits Neuroscience Investigator Award from the National Institute
of Neurological Disorders and Stroke Council, the W. Alden Spencer
Award from the Center for Neuroscience, Columbia University, and
a visiting professorship at the Institute of Psychiatry, King’s College,
London.
$80.00 / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-15124-5
$63.99 / £44.00 ebook 978-0-231-52192-5
NOVE MBE R
424 pages
MEDICAL
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!77
SOCIAL WORK
The Lives of Transgender People
Brett Genny Beemyn
and Susan R. Rankin
“The book’s greatest strengths are twofold: it outlines this wide diversity of gender identities that
steps outside of previous identity markers, including the experiences of young gender queer people,
and it contributes to the research about trans
people, which has been very out of date.”
—Arlene Istar Lev, University of Albany
“The text is reflective of current trends.”
—Dr. Gerald P. Mallon, Hunter College
Responding to a critical need for greater perspectives on transgender life in the United
States, Genny Beemyn and Susan R. Rankin
apply their extensive expertise to a groundbreaking survey—one of the largest ever
conducted in the United States—on gender
development and identity-making among transsexual women, transsexual men, crossdressers,
and genderqueer individuals. With nearly 3,500
participants, the survey is remarkably diverse
and representational, and with more than 400
follow-up interviews, the data offer limitless
opportunities for research and interpretation.
Beemyn and Rankin’s findings expose the
kinds of discrimination and harassment experienced by participants in the United States
and the psychological toll of living in secrecy
and fear. They discover that despite increasing
recognition by the public of transgender individuals and a growing rights movement, these
populations continue to face bias, violence, and
social and economic disenfranchisement.
G E N N Y B E E M Y N is the director of the Stonewall Center
Psychosocial Capacity Building in
Response to Disasters
Joshua L. Miller
This comprehensive book integrates Western
mental health approaches and international
models of psychosocial capacity building within a social ecology framework, providing practitioners and volunteers with a blueprint for
individual, family, group, and community interventions. Joshua Miller focuses on a range of
disasters, both large and small, involving natural, technological, and other complex factors
at local, regional, national, and international
levels. Case studies from throughout the world
explore the social, psychological, economic,
political, and cultural issues affecting various
reactions to disaster, such as how an individual,
family, or community may interpret its meaning, and illustrate the importance of drawing
on local cultural practices to promote empowerment and resiliency. Miller encourages developing people’s capacity to direct their own
recovery, using a social ecology framework to
conceptualize disasters and their consequences.
He also explains how to identify sources of vulnerability and support individual, family, and
community resiliency; adapt and implement
traditional disaster mental health interventions
in different contexts; use groups and activities
to facilitate recovery as part of a larger strategy
of psychosocial capacity building; and foster
collective grieving and memorializing. Geared
toward modern audiences, Miller’s text examines the unique dynamics of intergroup conflict
and the relationship among psychosocial healing, social justice, and peace and reconciliation.
J OSH UA L . M IL LE R is professor of social work at Smith
at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst. S U S A N R .
College and is chair of the school’s Social Welfare Policy
R A N K I N is an associate professor at the Pennsylvania
and Services Sequence.
State University.
$27.50 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-14307-3
$29.50 / £20.50 paper 978-0-231-14821-4
$84.50 / £58.50 cloth 978-0-231-14306-6
$89.50 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-14820-7
$67.99 / £47.00 ebook 978-0-231-51261-9
$71.99 / £49.50 ebook 978-0-231-51976-2
NOV EMB ER
78!|!FA L L
200 pages
F E BR UARY
360 pages
S O C I A L WO R K
P SYC H O LO GY
2011
Social Construction and
Social Work Practice
Moments of Uncertainty
in Therapeutic Practice
Psychodynamic Practice with
Vulnerable and Oppressed
Populations
Interpretations and Innovation
Edited by Joan Berzoff
“This is a work to be celebrated, an
exciting feast of challenging, passionate, and informative contributions to social work practice. Here
we move away from the traditional
regimentation of relationship—along
with its categories, testing, and measurements—to working pragmatically and resourcefully with clients
in context.” —Kenneth J. Gergen,
president, the Taos Institute
Interpreting Within the Matrix
of Projective Identification,
Countertransference, and
Enactment
“If I could choose just one exemplary
book to illustrate best clinical social
work practices with clients at-risk, it
would surely be Falling through the
Cracks. This exceptional book successfully questions the commonly
held notion that psychodynamic
theory and treatment is outdated,
intended for the worried well, and
not appropriate for ethnically diverse,
indigent clients. Dr. Joan Berzoff has
challenged the conventional wisdom
again... [and] provides a detailed
description of the engagement and
treatment process, complete with
candid countertransference reactions
with which readers can readily identify.” —Carol Tosone, editor-in-chief,
Clinical Social Work Journal
This collection uses concepts
derived from drive theory, ego
psychology, object relations,
trauma theory, attachment theory, self-psychology, and intersubjectivity in clinical work
with vulnerable and oppressed
populations.
Contributors
are experienced practitioners
whose work has enabled them
to elicit and find common
humanity with their clients.
Stanley L. Witkin
In this accessible collection,
Stanley Witkin showcases the
innovative ways social construction may be implemented
and expanded. He calls on experienced practitioner-scholars to share their personal
accounts of interpreting and
applying social construction
within marginalized populations. Chapters are provocative
and thoughtful, reveal great
suffering and courage, share
inspiring stories of remarkable rehabilitation, and acknowledge the challenges of an
approach that complicates evidence-based evaluations and
requirements.
S TA N L E Y
WITKIN
is a professor
in the Department of Social Work
J OA N B E R ZO F F is a full professor at
at the University of Vermont and
the Smith College School for Social
president of the Global Partnership
Work, where she has twice served as
for Transformative Social Work
chair of the Human Behavior in the
(www.gptsw.net). He holds M.S.S.W.
Robert Waska
One of therapy’s greatest
challenges is the moment of
transference, when a patient
unconsciously transfers emotion or desire to a new and
present object, in some cases
the therapist.
SOCIAL WORK
Falling Through
the Cracks
Drawing on decades of clinical
case experience, Robert Waska
leads practitioners through the
steps of phantasy and transference mechanisms and their
ability to increase, oppose,
embrace, or neutralize analytic contact. Operating from
a psychoanalytic perspective,
he explains how to cope professionally with moments of
transference and maintain an
objective interpretive stance
within the ongoing matrix of
projective identification, counter-transference, and enactment. Each chapter discusses
a wide spectrum of cases and
clinical situations, describing
in detail the processes that
invite a playing out of the patient’s phantasies and the work
required to reestablish balance.
Social Environment Sequence. She has
and Ph.D. degrees (social welfare)
R O B E R T WA S KA conducts a fulltime
also acted as codirector of the doc-
from the University of Wisconsin,
private psychoanalytic practice for in-
toral program and as director of the
Madison, and is the recipient of an
dividuals and couples in San Francisco
end-of-life certificate program.
honorary doctoral degree from the
and Marin County, California.
University of Lapland (Finland).
$60.00 / £41.50 cloth 978-0-231-15108-5
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-231-15246-4
$40.00 / £27.50 paper 978-0-231-15153-5
$47.99 / £33.00 ebook 978-0-231-52181-9
$39.99 / £27.50 ebook 978-0-231-53030-9
$120.00 / £83.00 cloth 978-0-231-15152-8
DE C EMB ER
632 pages
NOVE MB ER
400 pages
$95.99 / £66.00 ebook 978-0-231-52523-7
272 pages
S O C I A L WO R K
S O C I A L WO R K
NOVE MBE R
P SYC H O LO GY
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!79
traditions in world cinema
EDINBURGH UNIVERSITY PRESS
Italian Neorealist Cinema
American Smart Cinema
Framing Pictures
Torunn Haaland
Claire Perkins
Film and the Visual Arts
Steven Jacobs
Surveying the major creative
contributions to and critical receptions of this trend in Italian
postwar cinema, the book begins by tracing the roots of
neorealist film and drawing
parallels to neorealist fiction.
It then explores the ways in
which neorealist cinema positioned itself in relation to the
processes of postwar reconstruction, and what relations it
may be said to have established
with noncinematic practices
in the redefinition of national
identity.
T O R U N N H A A L A N D is a lecturer in
Italian at Pennsylvania State University.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3611 2
F E BR UARY 2 012
80!|!FA L L
224 pages
American Smart Cinema examines a contemporary type of
U.S. filmmaking that exists at
the intersection of mainstream,
art and independent cinema
and often gives rise to absurd,
darkly comic, and nihilistic effects. Tracing the emergence
of smart cinema amidst the
texts and debates of the 1990s
“irony epidemic,” the book describes the unstable tone and
“double” speech of such films
as: The Royal Tenenbaums,
Adaptation, The Squid and
the Whale, Palindromes, The
Last Days of Disco, Flirt,
Ghost World,Your Friends and
Neighbors, Donnie Darko and
The Savages.
Analytical, controversial and
alert to recent developments
in the field, Framing Pictures
introduces the multidisciplinary topic as it exists at present and also offers the author’s
own thoughts on the subject.
This volume covers artists’
films and experimental films,
video art, documentaries,
art-house cinema, and mainstream feature films, offering a
concise overview of the debates
and discourses among AngloAmerican, French, German,
and Dutch scholars concerning the ongoing relationships
between film and the visual
arts.
C L A I R E P E R K I N S is assistant lecturer
S T E V E N JACO B S teaches film history
in film and television studies in the
and film theory at Sint-Lukas College
School of English, Communication
of Art Brussels, the Academy of Fine
and Performance Studies at Monash
Arts in Ghent, and the University of
University, Australia.
Antwerp.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4074 4
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4017 1
DECEM BER
AUGU ST
FILM
FILM
FILM
T R AD ITIONS IN WO RLD C INE MA
T R A D I T I O N S I N WO R L D C I N E M A
EDINBURGH STUDIES IN FILM
2011
History, Context, Form
Theresa Saxon
British Film Culture
of the 1970s
The Boundaries of Pleasure
Sue Harper and Justin Smith
British Film Culture of the 1970s
provides a long-awaited and
authoritative history of 1970s
British cinema. Accounts previously presented British film
culture of the period as without either coherence or quality. This book refutes previous
accounts by offering a comprehensive map that reveals a surprising commonality in theme
and tone across a diverse range
of films. It sets the scene by
describing the market conditions and economic, legislative,
and censorship constraints on
British cinema in the decade.
This new textbook provides a
brief yet informative evaluation of the variety and complexity of theatrical endeavours in
American theater. It embraces
all epochs of theater history, from pre-colonial Native
American performance rituals
and the endeavours of early
colonizers in the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries to the
end of the twentieth century,
situating American theater as
a lively, dynamic, and diverse
arena. It investigates critical
interpretations of the term
“theatre,” and assesses ways
in which the values of commerce, entertainment, education, and dramatic production
have informed the definition of
theater throughout America’s
history.
T H E R E S A S A XO N is a senior lecturer
in english literature at the University of
Central Lancashire.
S U E H A R P E R is emeritus professor
of film studies at the University of
We Have Never Been
Postmodern
Theory at the Speed of Light
Steve Redhead
Is it possible that various disciplines, theorists, and cultural
commentators have been hurtling down a blind alley in the
last thirty years, searching for
the holy grail of the postmodern? What if, after all, we have
never have been postmodern?
Or what if we are, instead, now
living “after postmodernity”?
As global culture rushes off the
cliff of catastrophe with its neoliberal, neoconservative ideologies mangled in the process,
this book provides theory at the
speed of light, designed to capture the fast flickering images
of the real, gone before you can
blink in today’s accelerated culture.
American Theatre
Portsmouth.
ST E V E R E D H E A D is professor of sport
J U S T I N S M I T H is subject leader and
and media cultures at the University of
principal lecturer in film studies at the
Brighton.
University of Portsmouth.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4078 2
O CTOB ER
FILM
272 pages
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 2592 5
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4344 8
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4520 6
AU GUST
JA NUARY 201 2
208 pages
192 pages
C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S
AMERICAN STUDIES
B A A S PA P E R B AC K S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!81
media topics
Media and Popular Music
Media and Memory
Essays on Deleuze
Peter Mills
Joanne Garde-Hansen
Daniel W. Smith
In Media and Popular Music,
Peter Mills analyzes the relationships between music and
contemporary media, both
via the mediation of music
and music as mediator. This
involves considering music
as a means of understanding
events and also of establishing,
confirming, or subverting the
meaning of events. Key topics
are presented via chapter-long
case studies and more broadly
applied theoretical analyses.
How do we rely on media for
remembering? In exploring
the complex ways that media
converge to support our desire
to capture, store, and retrieve
memories, Media and Memory
offers analyses of representations of memorable events,
media tools for remembering
and forgetting, media technologies for archiving, and
the role of media producers in
making memories.
In Essays on Deleuze, Daniel
Smith gathers his classic essays
on Deleuze into one volume
for the first time. Focusing
exclusively on the philosophical themes of Deleuze’s work,
these seventeen essays have
become frequent references
for students and scholars working on Deleuze. Several of the
articles are touchstones in
the field, and a number are
often cited on the reception of
French philosophy, especially
those on Badiou and Derrida.
JOANNE
is se-
P E T E R M I L L S is senior lecturer in
media and popular culture, Leeds
tion and culture at the University of
Metropolitan University.
Gloucestershire.
$28.00 paper 978 0 7486 2751 6
$28.00 paper 978 0 7486 4033 1
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 4332 5
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 2749 3
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4034 8
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4333 2
F E BR UARY
82!|!FA L L
GARDE-HANSEN
nior lecturer in media, communica-
192 pages
AUGUST
176 pages
MEDIA STUDIES
MEDIA STUDIES
M E D I A TO P I C S
M E D I A TO P I C S
2011
DA N I E L W. S M I T H is associate profes-
sor of philosophy at Purdue University.
FE BR UA RY
P H I LO S O P H Y
deleuze connections
Deleuze and Sex
Deleuze and Film
Edited by Laurent de Sutter
and Kyle McGee
Edited by Frida Beckman
Edited by David MartinJones and William Brown
“A wild and savage creation
of principle” is how Deleuze
defined the practice of law as
perpetual experimentation,
or what he called universal
jurisprudence. Rather than a
guarantee against political, economic, or social odds, this collection of thirteen essays gives
insights into Gilles Deleuze’s
philosophy of law, which experiments with new forms of
politics, economics and society.
The contributors show that law
is the most progressive and experimental force of the modern
age. For the first time, they explore the basic features of this
universal jurisprudence, and
the mutual becoming of law
and philosophy.
L A U R E N T D E S U T T E R is senior re-
searcher in law at the University of
Brussels.
KYLE MCG EE is a practitioner-scholar.
In Deleuze’s philosophy, sexuality has a central role in the
production of thought, bodies,
and becomings. More specifically, sexuality is conceived of
as a force that can capture as
well as liberate life. On the
one hand, sexuality tends to
be restricted, blocked, and
reduced, and its flows are
repressed. On the other hand,
the sexual body is also seen
as retaining a revolutionary
potential, and sexuality is seen
as a source of becoming. This
volume pursues the restricting as well as the liberating
force in relation to a spread of
themes and subjects central to
life itself. Topics include the
limits of the human, bacteria,
death, prostitution, children,
disability, ecstasy, erotics and
animality.
Deleuze and Film engages
Deleuze’s philosophy with a
range of popular films from
around the world. It explores
the degree to which a film’s
popular status impacts upon
its ability to “think” (in the
manner that Deleuze described
in relation to myriad examples
of the art of film in his cinema
books) and the global diversity
of this cinematic ‘thinking’ in
popular international film.
Deleuze and Law
DAV I D M A R T I N - J O N E S is a senior lec-
turer in film studies at the University of
St. Andrews.
W I L L I A M B R OW N is lecturer in film at
Roehampton University, London.
F R I DA B E C K M A N is a research fel-
low in the Department of English at
Uppsala University.
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 4413 1
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 4260 1
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 4120 8
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4414 8
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4261 8
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4121 5
F EB R UARY
AUGU ST
FE BR UA RY
256 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
P H I LO S O P H Y
P H I LO S O P H Y
DE L E U ZE CO NNE CT I ONS
DE LE UZ E CO NNE CTI ON S
DE L EUZ E CO NNEC TI ONS
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!83
plateaus - new directions in deleuze studies
Deleuze and the Non-West
new in paper
Deleuze Studies
Volume 5: 2011 (Supplement)
Edited by Alex Taek-Gwang
Lee
Postcolonial Agency
The Priority of Events
Critique and Constructivism
Deleuze’s Logic of Sense
Simone Bignall
Sean Bowden
“Theoretically sophisticated
This radical interpretation of
Deleuze’s Logic of Sense shows
that the Deleuzian event
should be understood in relation to a broader metaphysical
thesis. Sean Bowden achieves
this by focusing on Deleuze’s
concept of events. He rereads
the history of thought from the
Stoics through to Simondon,
considering Leibniz, Lautman,
structuralism, and psychoanalysis along the way.
and meticulously situated at
the fraught scene of reconciliation between indigenous
and nonindigenous peoples
in contemporary Australia,
Postcolonial Agency is an inspiring manifesto for nonimperial
mutuality. Bignall’s advocacy
of an ethics of joy opens up
a new direction for postcolonial studies.” —Professor Leela
Ghandi, Department of English,
University of Chicago
S E A N B OW D E N is a research fellow in
A sustained piece of theorization about the postcolonial to rival Peter Hallward’s
Absolutely Postcolonial.
the Philosophy Program at La Trobe
University.
Is Deleuze a Western philosopher? If Deleuzian thought
belongs to the tradition of western philosophy, in What sense
does the non-West regard
Deleuze as a philosopher?
Philosophy is equal anywhere
on earth. Since Descartes’s
discovery that the non-West
could think, Western philosophy could no longer ignore
the presence of the non-West,
a philosophical otherness in
reality.
This volume explores Deleuze
a n d t h e n o n - We s t , a n d
includes topics such as the
non-Western plane of immanence; the non-Western reception of Deleuze; Deleuze as
a philosopher of non-Western ethics; the translation of
Deleuze into non-Western languages; geophilosophical studies of Deleuze; and Deleuzian
concepts and non-Western philosophy.
A L E X TA E K- G WA N G L E E is associate
professor at Kyung Hee University.
S I M ON E B I GNA L L is a visiting fellow in
the School of History and Philosophy,
University of New South Wales in
Sydney, Australia.
$35.00 paper 978 0 7486 4383 7
S E PT E MBER
272 pages
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 4364 6
$27.50 paper 978 0 7486 4195 6
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4359 2
NOVE MBE R
S EP TE MBER
P L AT E AU S - N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N D E L E U Z E
P H I LO S O P H Y
STUDIES
P L AT E AU S - N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N D E L E U Z E
STUDIES
84!|!FA L L
352 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
2011
96 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
DELEUZE STUDIES SPECIAL ISSUES
new in paper
Badiou and Plato
The Concept of Historical Reason in
Recent French Philosophy
An Education by Truths
Law, Literature, Life
Andrew Gibson
Edited by Justin Clemens,
Nicholas Heron and Alex
Murray
The Work of Giorgio Agamben
includes twelve new and classic essays, with an original
contribution by Agamben
himself. Gathering established
and emerging scholars, this
collection explores Agamben’s
thought from broad philosophical and literary concerns,
underpinning its place within
larger debates in continental philosophy. Contributors
include Alexander García
Düttmann, Deborah Levitt,
and Thanos Zartaloudis.
J U S T I N C L E M E N S is senior lecturer in
english at the University of Melbourne.
N I C H O L AS H E R O N is senior lecturer in
english at the University of Melbourne.
Intermittency explores the
concept of historical intermittency in five French philosophers. By critiquing the work
of Alain Badiou, Françoise
Proust, Christian Jambet,
Guy Lardreau, and Jacques
Rancière —and drawing on
a wealth of philosophy, literature, history, and art—Andrew
Gibson develops a new theory
of historical time. In different ways, these philosophers
all work with a concept of the
historical event as an extraordinary occurrence that shatters
established historical formations and promises new historical beginnings.
A. J. Bartlett
Badiou and Plato is an interrogation of Plato’s entire work
using the concepts and categories of Alain Badiou. This is the
first book to critically address
and draw consequences from
Badiou’s claim that his work
is a “Platonism of the multiple” and that philosophy today
requires a “platonic gesture.”
Examining the relationship
between Badiou and Plato,
Bartlett radically transforms
our perception of Plato’s philosophy and rethinks the central philosophical question:
What is education?
A. J. BARTLETT
Intermittency
The Work of Giorgio
Agamben
is a lecturer in the
Faculty of Arts at the University of
Melbourne.
A N D R E W G I B S O N is research profes-
sor of modern literature and theory at
Royal Holloway, University of London.
A L E X M U R R AY is lecturer in english at
the University of Exeter.
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4365 3
AUG U ST
224 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3757 7
JAN UARY
320 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4375 2
AU GUST
264 pages
P H I LO S O P H Y
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!85
the frontiers of theory
The Post-Romantic
Predicament
Paul de Man
Edited by Martin McQuillan
Volleys of Humanity
Essays 1972-2009
Hélène Cixous
Edited by Eric Prenowitz
This major new collection of
texts by Hélène Cixous brings
together a range of important
untranslated and four previously unpublished essays.
These essays deal with literature, politics, history, Algeria,
and the university and include
works from Cixous’s most significant contributions to literary criticism (Joyce, Kleist,
Stendhal, Kafka, Shakespeare)
as well as her contemporary
writing on human rights
and geopolitics. They are all
informed by Cixous’s unique
gift for combining a writer’s
love of idiom and life with a
scholar’s acute deconstructive
reading.
The title of this book refers to
Paul de Man’s Harvard thesis of the late 1950 s , which
named a romantic problem of
the complexity of thought and
poetic consciousness as an
experience of difficulty. The
long section on Mallarmé is
reproduced from this dissertation, and an extract on Stefan
George, written at the same
time although cut from the
final version, is also included.
These sit beside stand-alone
essays on Rousseau, Derrida,
Symbolism, and Keats.
M A R T I N M C Q U I L L A N is professor of
or rediscover Jacques Derrida
still alive and thinking after
life, Geoffrey Bennington is
the exemplary guide, a scholarly acrobat, at once grave
and droll. Let us follow him….
rigorous pedagogy with the cre-
Kingston University, U.K.
ative and extravagant powers of
the poet-philosopher, Geoffrey
Bennington is a bookworm of
genius, actively inhabiting the
entire Derridean archive. He
has read everything, he hears
and understands everything.
Working from a double experience (his own and Derrida’s),
he reconstitutes the philosophical hero’s adventure, from the
age of twenty-two until his last
days.” —Hélène Cixous
G E O F F R E Y B E N N I N G T O N is Asa G.
Candler Professor of modern French
ERIC PRENOWITZ is lecturer in cultural
thought at Emory University.
studies at the University of Leeds.
86!|!FA L L
“For those wanting to discover
dean of arts and social sciences at
VIII, emerita.
272 pages
Geoffrey Bennington
Combining the strength of a
d’Études Féminines at Université Paris
AU G UST
Militantly Melancholic Essays in
Memory of Jacques Derrida
literary theory and cultural analysis,
HÉLÈNE CIXOUS is director of the Centre
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3903 8
Not Half No End
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4105 5
JA NUARY
272 pages
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4316 5
OC TO BE R
184 pages
L I T E R A RY S T U D I E S
LITERARY STUDIES
T H E FR ONT IE R S OF TH EO RY
T HE F RO NTI ER S OF TH E ORY
THE FR ONT I ERS O F TH EO RY
2011
new in paper
the frontiers of theory
Deconstruction’s Traces
Derek Attridge
“This wonderful book admirably displays Derek Attridge’s
special gifts as a reader: clarity,
learning, and penetrating understanding. It contains some
of the best essays ever written about what is distinctive
Of Jews and Animals
in Derrida’s thinking.” —J. Hillis
Andrew Benjamin
Miller, University of California at
Irvine
“Andrew Benjamin has writ-
A Historical Companion to
Postcolonial Literatures—
Continental Europe and
its Empires
Edited by Prem Poddar,
Rajeev Patke
and Lars Jensen
ten an original and provocative
“Through his abiding care for
meditation on the place of the
the working of language, [Derek
‘figure’ of the animal in modern
Attridge] reminds us just how
philosophy and culture. The
exacting, how adventurous,
book is remarkable for its sen-
how serious, and how deeply re-
“Radical, intrepid, compendi-
sitivity to the issue of visibility
sponsive Derrida could be to the
ous, A Historical Companion to
and the use of visual mate-
words and potential meanings
Postcolonial Literatures, goes
rial. The engagement with the
of others.” —Thomas Docherty,
far toward restoring ‘postcolo-
philosophical history of art is
University of Warwick
nialism’ to its historical premises
by resituating that imperial proj-
beautifully sustained and serves
not only to work through the
theme of figuration but also to
make the philosophical narra-
Reading and Responsibility
D E R E K AT T R I D G E is professor of eng-
ect in its much changed and still
lish at the University of York and a fel-
controversial cartographies.”
low of the British Academy.
—Barbara Harlow, University of
Texas at Austin
tive available to a wider range
of readers.” —Howard Caygill,
PREM
Goldsmith’s College
P O D DA R
i s c u r re n t l y re -
search fellow at the University of
Southampton.
Of Jews and Animals traces the
concept of the “figure” through
the history of philosophy and
art.
RAJ EE V PATK E teaches at the National
University of Singapore.
L A R S J E N S E N is lecturer at Cultural
Encounters at Roskilde University.
A N D R E W B E N J A M I N is professor of
critical theory and philosophical aesthetics and director of the Research
Unit in European Philosophy at
Monash University.
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4317 2
O CTO BER
$30.00 paper 978 0 7486 4318 9
$55.00 paper 978 0 7486 4482 7
$115.00 cloth 978-0-7486-4008-9
$275.00 cloth 978-0-7486-2394-5
192 pages
LITERARY STUDIES
OC TO BE R
T H E F RON T IE R S OF THEO RY
NOVE MBE R
688 pages
LITERARY STUDIES
T HE FRO NTI ER S OF THE ORY
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!87
The Edinburgh Companion to TwentiethCentury British and American
War Literature
Edited by Adam Piette and Mark Rawlinson
Covering the two world wars, the Spanish
Civil War, the Cold War, the Vietnam War, the
Troubles in Northern Ireland, and the war on
terror, this Companion reveals the influence of
modern wars on the imagination.
The Edinburgh Companion
to Shakespeare and the Arts
Edited by Mark Thornton Burnett, Adrian
Streete and Ramona Wray
“This is a capacious book on a capacious sub-
The newly researched and innovative essays
connect high literary studies to the engagement
of film and theatre with warfare. They extensively cover the literary and cultural evaluation
of the technologies of war and they open the
literary field to genre fiction.
ject.... From comic books to sculpture, poetic
language to silent film, the Renaissance stage to
the Internet, this book shows the ways in which
Shakespeare inhabits myriad art forms across
time and space. Not only do the thirty topics....
illuminate Shakespeare’s use for novelists, poets,
musicians, artists, dancers, and filmmakers but
they also locate Shakespeare in his own age and
on his own stage. There is no Companion like
this!” —Laurie Maguire, University of Oxford
The thirty newly commissioned chapters in
this Companion uncover the conditions that
enabled Shakespeare’s art and move through
subsequent centuries to detail how the plays
and poems have been revitalized in the arts,
including publishing, exhibiting, staging, reconstructing, and disseminating. Each chapter
provides both synthesizes and discusses a topic,
informed by current thinking and theory.
Each contribution is by leading experts: Kristin
Anderson, John Armitage, Jonathan Auerbach,
Jon Begley, Jonathan Bolton, Allyson Booth,
Fran Brearton, Matthew Campbell, Subarno
Chattarji, Santanu Das, Jane Creighton, Robert
Eaglestone, William D. Ehrhart, Lee Erwin,
James Fountain, David Goldie, Martin Halliwell,
Andrew Hammond, Sara Haslam, Jennifer
Haytock, Mark Heberle, Sissy Helff, Alex
Houen, Helen Goethals, Celia Kingsbury, Barry
Langford, Jane Lewty, John Limon, Hamish
Mathison, Jessica Meacham, Leo Mellor, Margot
Norris, Sharon Ouditt, Ian Patterson, and many
more.
A DA M P I E T T E is a professor of modern literature at the
University of Sheffield.
M A R K R AW L I N S O N is senior lecturer in english at the
M A R K T H O R N T O N B U R N E T T, A D R I A N S T R E E T E and
University of Leicester.
RA M O NA W RAY are all at Queen’s University, Belfast.
$240.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3523 8
DE CEMBER
88!|!FA L L
2011
$240.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3874 1
F E BR UARY
LITERARY STUDIES
new in paper
Technicities of Perception
Ryan Bishop and John
Phillips
“A richly fascinating, very wise
book.... The arguments that
praise the modernist avantgarde for its prescience and
also its techniques of resistance to war technology are
startling, refreshing, and brilliant.” —Professor Adam Piette,
University of Sheffield
Modernist Avant-garde Aesthetics
and Contemporary Military
Technology examines the tensions between the aims of military technology and modernist
aesthetics in relation to perception.
RYAN B ISHO P is associate professor at
Imagining the Cape Colony
The Judicial Imagination
History, Literature, and the South
African Nation
Writing After Nuremberg
Lyndsey Stonebridge
David Johnson
In Imagining the Cape Colony,
David Johnson juxtaposes democratic equalities against economic inequalities to analyze
South Africa’s colonial past.
Examining literary works, histories, travel and mission writings, legal records, journals and
diaries, political manifestoes,
and economic treatises, this
study ranges from the books of
well-known European figures
such as Camões, Rousseau,
Grotius, and Adam Smith to
the court-room testimonies of
Cape slaves and farm workers
in the Cape Archives.
In The Judicial Imagination,
Lyndsey Stonebridge explores
a new theorization of the relation between law and trauma. Returning to the work of
Hannah Arendt, Stonebridge
traces the emergence of a
critical aesthetics of judgment
in a group of writers—often
hard to place in the between
of modernism and contemporary
writing—including
Elizabeth Bowen, Muriel
Spark, Iris Murdoch, and
Martha Gellhorn.
Modernist Avantgarde Aesthetics and
Contemporary Military
Technology
LY N D S E Y S TO N E B R I D G E is professor
of literature and critical theory at the
University of East Anglia.
DAV ID J O H NS ON is senior lecturer in
the Department of English at the Open
University.
the National University of Singapore
J O H N P H I L L I P S is associate pro-
fessor at the National University of
Singapore.
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4319 6
O CTOB ER
LITERARY STUDIES
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4308 0
JA NUARY
272 pages
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4235 9
AU GUST
LITERARY STUDIES
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!89
reading giudes to long poems
Poetry
Second Edition
John Strachan
and Richard Terry
Poetry equips students with the
strategies to understand and
deepen their engagement with
individual poems.
New features include:
Elizabeth Barrett Browning’s
Aurora Leigh
Homer’s Odyssey
A Reading Guide
Henry Power
Michele Martinez
This Reading Guide illuminates Aurora Leigh, an ambitious and challenging female
epic, for twenty first-century
students. Michele Martinez
comments on the core sections of the poem and sets
this against a range of interpretative frameworks. She
leads readers through the
major themes, poetic vision,
love and poetry, epistolary fiction, epic and society, motherhood and sexual transgression
and poetry and prophecy, and
guides them through the critical approaches and contexts.
M I C H E L E M A R T I N E Z is professor
of literature in the Department of
Continuing Education at Harvard
University.
A Reading Guide
Henry Power provides an
overview of the whole poem,
a map of Odysseus’s journey,
key extracts and detailed commentary of crucial moments.
Students are encouraged to
consider both the oral origins
and rich literary reception of
this early epic whilst responding to its core themes.
The guide provides:
• A Teaching the Text section
with ideas and teaching tem
plates that can be adapted to
existing course structures
• Pull-outs of the most sig
nificant sections of the text,
so that students can partici
pate in a seminar discussion
even if they haven’t read the
whole poem
• Extensive extracts from the
poem accompanied by a
headnote, commentary and
glosses
• An annotated bibliography
• End-of-chapter exercises
and follow-up research
tasks
• New readings of modern
women’s poetry
• Section on How to Write
Poetry with exercises
• Suggestions for further
reading
JOHN
S T R AC H A N
is principal lec-
turer in English at the University of
Sunderland.
RI CH A R D TER RY is professor of eigh-
teenth-century English literature at
Northumbria University.
HENRY POWER is a lecturer in the
Department of English at the
University of Exeter.
$27.00 paper 978 0 7486 3972 4
$27.50 paper 978 0 7486 4109 3
$25.00 paper 978 0 7486 4401 8
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3971 7
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4110 9
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4407 0
OC TOB ER
90!|!FA L L
224 pages
AUGUST
224 pages
R E A D I N G G U I D E S TO LO N G P O E M S
R E A D I N G G U I D E S TO LO N G P O E M S
2011
SEP T EMB E R
240 pages
LITERARY STUDIES
Paragraph Volume 34, Number 3
Edited by James Helgeson
Burns and Other Poets
Edited by Fiona Stafford
and David Sergeant
Burns and Other Poets features
new essays on Burns’s special
place in Scottish, English, and
Irish literary culture. The volume examines the innovative
and technically accomplished
nature of Burns’s poetry. The
all-new close readings of Burns
explore his dialogues with earlier poets such as John Milton,
Thomas Gray, Allan Ramsay,
and Robert Fergusson.
This volume of articles from
the journal Paragraph brings
together work by scholars in
France, the U.K., and North
and South America to address
questions of language and
canon formation in philosophy and theory. A new essay
by Quentin Skinner explores
Wittgenstein and historical
method, while other pieces
look at his pertinence to literary interpretation, and connections between his philosophy
and contemporary trends in
interpretation theory, such as
cognitive approaches to interpretation.
JAMES HELGESON
is a lecturer at
the School of Modern Languages
and Cultures at the University of
Nottingham.
F I O N A S TA F F O R D is professor of
english language and literature at the
University of Oxford.
DAV I D S E R G E A N T is a junior research
fellow in english at Somerville College,
Oxford.
The Second World War in
Contemporary British Fiction
Secret Histories
Victoria Stewart
Focusing on the upsurge of
interest in the Second World
War in recent British novels,
this monograph explores the
ways in which secrecy and
secret work—including codebreaking, espionage, and special operations—have been
approached in representations of the war. It considers
established writers, including
Muriel Spark, Sarah Waters,
and Kazuo Ishiguro, as well
as newer voices such as Liz
Jensen and Peter Ho Davies.
The examination of the aftereffects of involvement in secret
work, intergenerational secrets
in a domestic context, political
allegiance, and sexuality shows
how issues of loyalty, deception, and betrayal work in these
novels.
Wittgenstein, Theory,
Literature
V I C TO R I A ST E WA R T is senior lecturer
in English at the University of Leicester.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4357 8
JA NUARY
272 pages
LITERARY STUDIES
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4251 9
NOVE MB ER
128 pages
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4099 7
AU GUST
192 pages
LITERARY STUDIES
PA R AG R A P H S P E C I A L I S S U E S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!91
Introductions and Notes
from the Magnum Opus
Edition of 1829–33
Volume 1
Walter Scott
Edited by J. H. Alexander
Together with Volume 2, this
tome completes The Edinburgh
Edition of the Waverley Novels.
Scott’s introductions are semiautobiographical essays in
which he muses on his own
art and the circumstances that
gave rise to each of his works
of fiction. His notes illustrate
his text, sometimes with simple glosses, sometimes by quotations from historical sources,
but most strikingly with further narratives that parallel
rather than explain incidents
and situations in the fiction.
J. H . A L E XA ND ER is reader emeritus in
English at the University of Aberdeen.
$90.00 cloth 978 0 7486 0590 3
OC TOB ER
592 pages
CRITICAL EDITION
E D I N B U R G H E D I T I O N O F T H E WAV E R L E Y
N OV E L S
The Edinburgh History
of the Book in Scotland,
Volume 2: Enlightenment
and Expansion 1707–1800
Edited by Stephen W. Brown
and Warren McDougall
More than fifty articles and
case studies survey the Scottish
book trade at a vital period in
its history, when the convergence of the union of the two
parliaments, the rise of the
Enlightenment programacross
Europe and America, the advent of modern business practices and the issue of Scottish
national identity all contributed to the international success
of Scottish publishers.
The Brownie of Bodsbeck
and Other Tales
James Hogg
Edited by Valentina Bold
Taken as a whole, The Brownie
of Bodsbeck and Other Tales is
one of Hogg’s major achievements. With reference to
Hogg’s original manuscripts,
the original and complete version is here published for the
first time since 1818. Made up
of an introductory poem, a
short novel, and two stories,
this collection of Hogg’s work
explores life in his native district of Ettrick Forest during
different historical periods.
VA L E N T I N A B O L D is a senior lecturer
Introductions and Notes
from the Magnum Opus
Edition of 1829–33
STEPHEN W. BROWN is professor of eng-
at the University of Glasgow.
lish at Trent University, Peterborough,
Canada.
Volume 2
WA R R E N M C D O U G A L L is secretary of
Walter Scott
the Edinburgh Bibliographical Society.
Edited by J. H. Alexander
Together with Volume 1, this
tome completes The Edinburgh
Edition of the Waverley Novels.
$90.00 cloth 978 0 7486 1491 2
JAN UA RY
592 pages
CRITICAL EDITION
E D I N B U R G H E D I T I O N O F T H E WAV E R L E Y
N OV E L S
92!|!FA L L
2011
$240.00 cloth 978 0 7486 1912 2
DECEM BER
400 pages
S C OT T I S H S T U D I E S
$75.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3385 2
JANUARY 2012
400 pages
CRITICAL EDITION
T H E C O L L E C T E D WO R K S O F JA M E S H O G G
The Politics of
Postanarchism
European Multiculturalisms
Edited by Bruce Haddock,
Peri Roberts, and Peter
Sutch
Saul Newman
Challenges
Evil in Contemporary Political
Theory explores the actual and
possible roles of evil in current
international politics.
Politicians and the press
exploit the rhetorical strength
of the word “evil” in phrases
such as “evil regimes” or “Axis
of Evil.” Yet, until recently, contemporary political theory has
been wary of its religious connotations or the status of the
moral judgement it conveys,
especially when approaching
morality from a relativist perspective.
B R U C E H A D D O C K holds the chair in
european social and political thought
at Cardiff University.
P E R I R O B E R T S is lecturer in political
“Newman engages such thinkers as Foucault, Badiou, and
Rancière alongside classical and
contemporary anarchist thought
as well as struggles such as the
anti-globalization movement.
The Politics of Postanarchism
offers a compelling framework
for progressive political thought
and intervention.” —Todd May,
class of 1941 Memorial professor of the humanities, Clemson
University
With the unprecedented expansion of state power in the
name of security, the current
“crisis of capitalis,” and the
terminal decline of Marxist and
social democratic projects, it is
time to reconsider anarchism
as a form of politics. In this
book, Saul Newman renews
anarchist thought through the
concept of postanarchism.
Cultural, Religious, and Ethnic
Edited by Anna
Triandafyllidou, Tariq
Modood, and Nasar Meer
Evil in Contemporary
Political Theory
This book explores the issue
of migrants, Muslims, integration and citizenship in
Europe. It takes as its focus
seven European countries—
Belgium, Britain, Denmark,
France, Germany, Greece and
Spain—that have been host to
a variety of multicultural citizenship and diversity integration debates and policies.
ANN A TR IAN DA F YL L I D OU is professor
at the European University Institute in
Florence.
TAR IQ M ODO O D is professor of sociol-
ogy, politics, and public policy and the
founding director of the Centre for the
Study of Ethnicity and Citizenship at
the University of Bristol.
theory at Cardiff University.
P E T E R S U TC H is senior lecturer in the
SAU L N EW MAN is reader in political
School of European Studies at Cardiff
theory at Goldsmiths, University of
University.
London.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4196 3
$105.00 cloth 978-0-7486-3495-8
NOVE M B ER
POLITICS
256 pages
OC TO BE R
POLITICS
208 pages
NASAR M EE R is a lecturer in social and
political science at the University of
Southampton.
$110.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4452 0
$36.00 paper 978 0 7486 4451 3
DE C EMBE R
256 pages
POLITICS
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!93
Contemporary Arab
Broadcast Media
The History of Islamic
Political Thought
The Seljuqs
El Mustapha Lahlali
From the Prophet to the Present
Second Edition
Edited by Christian Lange
and Songul Mecit
The Arab world is currently
undergoing a radical media
revolution, with the launch of
numerous satellite and cable
channels. The era of state-controlled media is coming to an
end as privately owned channels emerge. This book presents a comprehensive analysis
of the broadcasting similarities and differences between
Al-Jazeera, Al-Arabiya, and AlHurra. It is distinct in its focus
on both the discursive practices of these channels and the
sociological aspects that contribute to their formation.
EL M U STA P HA LA HL A LI is a lecturer in
Politics, Society, and Culture
Antony Black
This thoroughly revised and
updated second edition describes and interprets all
schools of Islamic political
thought, their origins, interconnections, and meaning. It
examines the Qur’an, the early
Caliphate, classical Islamic
philosophy, and the political
culture of the Ottoman and
other empires. Major thinkers
such as Averroes (Ibn Rushd)
and Ibn Taymiyya are covered,
as well as numerous lesser
authors, and Ibn Khaldun is
presented as one of the most
original political theorists ever.
the Department of Arabic and Middle
Eastern Studies at the University of
ANTONY BLACK is professor in the
Leeds.
h i sto r y o f p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t i n
The Seljuqs is a unique collaborative exploration of the
Seljuqs’ achievement and contributes to the growing interest
in this pivotal dynasty.
The various chapters in this
volume cover a representative
geographical spectrum, from
Central Asia and Persia to Iraq,
Syria and Anatolia, and address novel questions such as
the ideological foundations
and ritual expressions of Seljuq
power, the mutual attitudes of
the learned classes and the
Seljuq state, the organization
of space, and the relationship
between nomads and the settled peoples.
LANGE
is professor of
the Department of Politics at the
C H R I ST I A N
University of Dundee.
Arabic and Islamic studies at Utrecht
University, the Netherlands.
S ONGÜ L M E CIT is a part-time lecturer
in Islamic studies at the University of
Edinburgh.
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 3908 3
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 3987 8
$110.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3994 6
$95.00 cloth 978-0-7486-3909-0
$125.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3986 1
AU GUST
AU G UST
160 pages
ARABIC & ISLAMIC STUDIES
94!|!FA L L
2011
AUGUST
416 pages
new in paper
Oman, Culture and
Diplomacy
The Politics of Community
in French Mandate Syria
Jeremy Jones and Nicholas
Ridout
Benjamin Thomas White
Ibn Khaldun
Life and Times
Allen Fromherz
Ibn Khaldun (d. 1406) is one
of the most influential and
important Muslim thinkers
in history. Legions of sociologists, anthropologists, and
historians have studied his
philosophy of history, treating
the Muqaddimah as a timeless
piece of philosophy. Rejecting
portrayals of Ibn Khaldun as a
modern mind lost in medieval
obscurity, Ibn Khaldun: Life
and Times demonstrates how
his ideas were shaped by his
historical context and personal
motivations. This is the first
complete, scholarly biography
of Ibn Khaldun in English.
A LLEN F R O M HER Z is professor of me-
dieval Mediterranean and Middle East
history at Georgia State University,
Atlanta.
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4483 4
O CTOB ER
Why, in the years around 1920,
did the concept of minority
suddenly become prominent
in public affairs worldwide?
This book uses a study of Syria
under the French mandate to
show what historical developments led people to start describing themselves and others
as minorities. Despite French
attempts to create territorial,
political, and legal divisions,
the mandate period saw the
consolidation of the nationstate form in Syria. There was
a trend towards a coherent
national territory with fixed
borders and uniform state authority within them, while the
struggle to control the state
was played out in the language
of nationalism. Through close
attention to what changed in
French mandate Syria and
what those changes meant, the
book argues for a careful reappraisal of a term too often used
as an objective description of
reality.
For Oman, the idea of diplomacy refers not only to the country’s interactions in the global
community but also to the way
in which Omani life itself is
shaped by principles and practices of social and political engagement that are essentially
diplomatic. Such principles are
grounded in ideals of tact and
tolerance that have developed
over a long historical period.
This is therefore a cultural history: an historical account of
the formation of a distinctive
Omani culture. It argues that
this culture is where Oman’s
contemporary foreign policy
has been nurtured, and that it
is in this culture that a specific
conception and practice of diplomacy has been developed.
The Emergence of Minorities
in the Middle East
J EREMY JON E S is a senior research
associate at the Oxford Centre for
Islamic Studies.
NICHOLAS
RIDOUT
is a reader in
theater and performance studies at
Queen Mary University of London.
B EN JA M I N TH OM AS W H IT E is lecturer
in modern history at the University of
Birmingham.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4187 1
AUG UST
272 pages
$95.00 paper 978 0 7486 4483 4
JANUARY
288 pages
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!95
The Edinburgh History of
the Greeks, 1774 to 1909
The Long Nineteenth Century
Thomas W. Gallant
The Transformation of
Muslim Mystical Thought in
the Ottoman Empire
The Rise of the Halveti
Order, 1350–1650
John J. Curry
One of more poorly understood aspects of the history
of the Ottoman Empire has
been the flourishing of Sufi
mysticism under its auspices.
This study tracks the evolution of the Halvetî order from
its modest origins in medieval
Azerbaijan to the emergence
of its influential Sa’bâniyye
branch, whose range extended
throughout the Empire at the
height of its expansion. By carefully reconstructing the lives of
formerly obscure figures in the
history of the order, a complex
picture emerges of the connections of Halveti groups with
the Ottoman state and society.
Exploring Arab Folk
Literature
Pierre Cachia
The character and range of
Arab folk literature are investigated by Pierre Cachia in this
collection of his pioneering essays in the field. Cachia looks
first at historical developments
in the relationship between
Arab folk literature and that of
the elite, the gradual elaboration of certain genres, and the
producers of folk literature.
This book represents a major
contribution to our understanding of Arab folk literature
and will be of relevance to anyone with an interest in Arab literary creativity.
This volume traces the rich
social, cultural, economic, and
political history of the Greeks
during the National Period up
till the military coup of 1909.
Often referred to as the “Long
Nineteenth Century,” this period witnessed the establishment of a Greek nation-state,
and this development had a
profound impact on the Greeks
of the diaspora.
T H OM AS W. G ALL A NT is professor of
modern Greek history at the University
of California, San Diego.
PI E R RE C AC H I A is professor emeritus
of Arabic language and literature at
Columbia University.
JO H N J. C URRY is an assistant profes-
sor of Near Eastern and Islamic history
at the University Nevada, Las Vegas.
$110.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3923 6
NOV EMB ER
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4086 7
S EP TE MBER
256 pages
$135.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3605 1
FE BR UA RY
A N C I E N T H I S TO R Y
T H E E D I N B U R G H H I S TO R Y O F T H E G R E E K S
96!|!FA L L
2011
Edited by John Marincola
and Lloyd Llewellyn-Jones
In this volume eighteen scholars discuss the variety of ways
in which the Greeks constructed, deconstructed, engaged
with, alluded to, and relied on
their pasts, whether in the poetry of Homer, in the victory
odes of Pindar, in tragedy and
comedy on the Athenian stage,
in their pictorial art, in their
political assemblies, or in their
religious practices.
What emerges is a comprehensive overview of the importance of and presence of
the past at every level of Greek
society.
Linguistic Variation
and Change
An Introduction to
Element Theory
Scott F. Kiesling
Phillip Backley
The study of variation and
change is at the heart of the
sociolinguistics. Providing a
wide survey of the field, this
textbook is organized around
three constraints on variation:
linguistic structure, social
structure and identity, and social and linguistic perception.
By considering both structure
and meaning, Scott F. Kiesling
examines the most important
issues surrounding variation
theory, including canonical
studies and terms, as well as
challenges to them.
This book invites students of
linguistics to challenge and
reassess their existing assumptions about the form of phonological representations and
the place of phonology in generative grammar. It does this
by offering a comprehensive
introduction to element theory.
The book compares the theory
with standard models of segmental structure in order to
reveal its motivation, its mechanisms, and its application to
language data.
SCOTT F. K IE S L I NG is associate pro-
fessor of english linguistics, Tohoku
fessor of linguistics at the University
Gakuin University, Japan.
The Greeks and Their Pasts
in the Archaic and
Classical Ages
P HILL IP B AC K LE Y is associate pro-
of Pittsburgh.
JOH N M AR IN COLA is the Leon Golden
Professor of Classics at the Florida
State University.
LLOY D L LEW ELLY N- J ON ES is senior
lecturer in classics at the University of
Edinburgh.
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4396 7
JA NUARY
$36.00 paper 978 0 7486 3762 1
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 3743 0
$110.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3761 4
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3742 3
A N C I E N T H I S TO RY
JU NE
EDINBURGH LEVENTIS STUDIES
L A N G UAG E & L I N G U I S T I C S
AUGU ST
L A N G U AG E & L I N G U I S T I C S
EDINBURGH SOCIOLINGUISTICS
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!97
Urban North-Eastern English
Tyneside to Teesside
Joan C. Beal, Lourdes
Burbano-Elizondo, and
Carmen Llamas
Creating Worldviews
Metaphor, Ideology, and Language
Dialect Variation in England
James W. Underhill
Joan C. Beal
Encouraging readers to reflect
upon language and the role
metaphor plays in patterning
ideas and thought, this book
first offers a critical introduction to metaphor theory as
it has emerged over the past
thirty years in the States. James
W. Underhill then widens
the scope of metaphor theory
by investigating not only the
worldview our language offers us but also the worldviews
that we adapt in our own ideological and personal interpretations of the world.
JA M E S W. U N D E R H I L L
translation
studies
An Introduction to Regional
Englishes
lectures on
at
Stendhal
University, Grenoble, France.
Are the dialects of England
disappearing in the wake of
globalization and “Estuary
English,” or are geographical
differences as strong as ever?
Joan C. Beal looks at recent
research into regional variation in England, discusses the
evidence for “dialect levelling”
and argues that, despite this,
features of dialect are still clear
markers of regional and local
identity.
Chapters outlining the main
regional differences in accent,
dialect grammar, and dialect
vocabulary are followed by discussions of research into geographical diffusion, levelling,
issues of identity, and stereotypes.
As part of a series exploring
dialects of English around the
world, this book explores how
the Urban North-Eastern dialect was formed and the linguistic features which make it
unique. Phonetic, phonological, and morphosyntactic features are examined, as well
as the historical and cultural
influences on the dialect. The
volume will investigate variation and change across generations and includes study of
lexical terms.
J OA N C . B E A L is professor of English
language at the University of Sheffield
and series editor for Edinburgh
University Press’s Dialects of English
series.
LO U R D E S B U R B A N O - E L I ZO N D O is a
lecturer in english language at Edge
Hill University.
C A R M E N L L A M A S is a lecturer in so-
ciolinguistics at the University of York.
J OA N C . B E A L is professor of English
language at the University of Sheffield
and series editor for Edinburgh
University Press’s Dialects of English
series.
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4315 8
AU G UST
L A N G U AG E & L I N G U I S T I C S
$25.00 paper 978 0 7486 2117 0
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 4152 9
$90.00 cloth 978 0 7486 2116 3
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3929 8
AUGUST
136 pages
2011
160 pages
EDINBURGH TEXTBOOKS ON THE ENGLISH
DIALECTS OF ENGLISH
L A N G UAG E
98!|!FA L L
NOVE MBE R
James Chalmers, Fiona Leverick, and
Lindsay Farmer
This collection of essays honours the work of
Sir Gerald Gordon CBE QC LLD (1929–). In
modern times few, if any, individuals can have
been as important to a single country’s criminal
law as Sir Gerald has been to the criminal law of
Scotland. His monumental work The Criminal
Law of Scotland (1967) is the foundation of
modern Scottish criminal law and is recognized
internationally as a major contribution to academic work on the subject.
JA M E S C H A L M E R S is a senior lecturer in law at the
University of Edinburgh.
F IONA LE V E R I CK is a senior lecturer in law at Glasgow
MacCormick’s Scotland
Neil Walker
This book analyzes in depth the distinctively Scottish themes in the work of Sir Neil
MacCormick, the world-renowned legal philosopher and prominent Scottish public intellectual who died in 2009 after holding the Regius
Chair in Public Law and the Law of Nature and
Nations at Edinburgh University for thirty-six
years. Readers will gain an understanding of
how MacCormick’s Scottish roots, interests,
and commitments colored his work—both his
distinctively Scottish writings and the overall
intellectual outlook.
Essays in Criminal Law in Honour of Sir
Gerald Gordon
NE IL WAL K E R is Regius professor of Public Law and the
Law of Nature and Nations in the School of Law, University
of Edinburgh.
University.
LIN DSAY FA R M ER is a professor of law at the University
of Glasgow.
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4070 6
O CTOB ER
L AW
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4380 6
JANUARY 2 01 2
288 pages
L AW
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!99
Research Methods
for History
Sweden, the Swastika,
and Stalin
Edited by Simon Gunn and
The Swedish experience
in the Second World War
Lucy Faire
1895
Drama, Disaster, and Disgrace
in Late Victorian Britain
Nicholas Freeman
John Gilmour
These thirteen chapters each
introduce a different research
method. They range from
the well established, such as
archival research, to the less
widely known, such as GIS
(Geographical Information
Systems), and recent trends,
such as textual analysis and
material culture studies. The
contributors explain how each
method can be applied to different historical subjects and
periods.
SI M O N G UN N is professor of urban his-
tory in the Centre for Urban History at
the University of Leicester.
LU C Y
FA I R E
is honorary fellow in
the Centre for Urban History at the
University of Leicester.
Interest in Sweden’s wartime
experiences has increased
due to its post-war profile as a
neutral that allowed German
troops to transit through its territory while still trading with
the Nazi regime during the
Holocaust years. Many misconceptions and false impressions
have arisen and persisted as a
result of deliberate misinformation and concealment by
all sides during that time. This
book provides a fresh, broad
view of the personalities and
problems of this time from a
Swedish perspective by examining the challenges, threats,
and dilemmas Sweden contended with during the Second
World War.
“Kill the bugger!”
So read one telegram to the
Marquess of Queensberry before his legal battle with Oscar
Wilde in the spring of 1895.
Today’s readers often see the
Wilde case as dramatizing the
intolerance and cruelty of lateVictorian life, but it was not
the only notable occurrence
in 1895. From the insomniac
prime minister’s obsession
with winning the Derby amid a
government in disarray, to unrest in the South African colonies, to the theft of the F. A.
Cup, Nicholas Freeman shows
how the Wilde scandal was just
one aspect of a uniquely turbulent year.
teaches modern
NICH O L AS FRE EM A N is senior lecturer
Scandinavian history at the University
in english at Loughborough University.
JOHN
GILMOUR
of Edinburgh and specializes in
Scandinavia and the Second World
War.
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 4204 5
$40.00 paper 978 0 7486 2747 9
$120.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4205 2
AP RI L
OC TOB ER
256 pages / 20 illus
H I S TO RY
RESEARCH METHODS FOR THE ARTS
AND HUMANITIES
100!|!FA L L
2011
$105.00 cloth 978 0 7486 4056 0
NOVE MBE R
256 pages
H I S TO R Y
H I S TO R Y
S O C I E T I E S AT WA R
EDINBURGH CRITICAL STUDIES IN
V I C TO R I A N C U LT U R E
Edward M. Spiers, Jeremy
Crang, and Matthew
Strickland
The Scottish soldier has been
at war for over 2000 years.
Scotland has a prestigious military history but to date there
has been no reference work
examining this rich heritage.
This book looks at how the
Scottish military functioned
and battled from pre-Roman
to modern times and examines the role of the military in
Scottish national identity as it
tracks the evolution of the preRoman warrior to the modern
soldier.
E DWA RD M . SP IER S is a professor of
Ourselves and Others
The American South
Scotland 1832-1914
Second Edition
A Reader and Guide
Edited by Daniel Letwin
Graeme Morton
Graeme Morton shows that
identity, like industry, is a key
element in explaining the
period. Ourselves and Others is
about “us and them,” the dialectic of national identity formation. Alongside and linked
to a history of Scotland’s
national identity and of its
political and social institutions
is an account of the changing nature of the groups and
structures that constitutes society within Scotland and the
relationships between Scots
at home and their culturally
important diaspora.
strategic studies at the University of
Leeds.
GRAEME
JERE MY CR A N G is a lecturer in his-
tory at Edinburgh University and is
assistant director of the Centre for the
M O R TO N
STRICKLAND
This is the first single volume devoted to the sampling
and analysis of key scholarship in Southern history, from
the region’s beginnings to
the present. It draws together
essential primary and secondary sources with introductory
essays from leading experts in
the field to probe vital issues
in the history of the American
South. The fifteen chapters
organized chronologically trace
the history of the American
South from colonial times to
the present.
is the Scottish
Studies Foundation chair and director
of the Centre for Scottish Studies at
the University of Guelph.
DA N I E L
LETWIN
is associate pro-
fessor of history at Pennsylvania
State University. He is author of The
Challenge
Study of the Two World Wars.
M AT T H E W
What makes the American
South distinct?
A Military History
of Scotland
of
Interracial
Unionism
(1998) and coauthor of On Strike for
is profes-
Respect (1995).
sor of medieval history at Glasgow
University.
$200.00 cloth 978 0 7486 3335 7
DE C EMB ER
S C OT T I S H H I S TO R Y
$32.00 paper 978 0 7486 2049 4
$240.00 cloth 978 0 7486 1996 2
$95.00 cloth 978 0 7486 2048 7
AU GUST
JAN UARY
256 pages
416 pages
H I S TO R Y
S C OT T I S H H I S TO RY
N E W H I S TO R Y O F S C OT L A N D
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!101
EAST EUROPEAN MONGRAPHS
The Russian Paradigm
Essays on World War I
Contemplations of
a Hungarian Russophile
Edited by Peter Pastor
Gyula Szvák
The book contains a selection
of recent essays on Russian
history and historiography
published by Professor Szvák
in Hungary and in Russia.
G Y U L A S Z VÁ K is founder and direc-
tor of the Center for Russian Studies
of Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest.
He is the leading Hungarian specialist
on the Moscovite and Imperial periods
and Graydon A. Tunstall
This collection of essays from
military historians focus on
various aspects of the Eastern
Front during World War I.
P E T E R PASTO R is professor of history
at Montclair State University. He is the
author and/or editor of four books and
a number of essays dealing with prisoners of war and peace-making during
World War I.
in Russian history.
GRAYDON A. TUNSTALL is professor
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-88033-685-7
D EC E MBE R
210 pages
R U S S I A N H I S TO RY
EEM #782
of history at the University of South
Florida and has written extensively on
Austro-Hungarian military history in
Bibliography of the
Holocaust in Hungary
Edited by Randolph L.
Braham
This is a unique and indispensable sourcebook for anyone interested in the catastrophe that
befell Hungarian Jewry during
the Nazi era. It includes close
to six thousand annotated references to independent and periodical literature on all aspects
of the history of Hungarian
Jewry before, during, and after
the Holocaust. Supplied with
author, name, and geographic
indexes, the sourcebook is easily usable.
the First World War. His most recent
Wolfgang von Kempelen:
A Biography
monograph, Blood on the Snow: The
Carpathian Winter War of 1915 was
published in 2010.
Alice Reininger
R A N D O L P H L . B R A H A M is distin-
guished professor emeritus of political science at The City College and
the Doctoral Program at the Graduate
Center of the City University of New
Translated by Peter Waugh
York, where he also serves as director of the Rosenthal Institute for
Wolfgang von Kempelen is
known for his design of the
“The Turk” (also known as
“Automaton Chess Player”).
He’s written on philology,
linguistic technology and
phonetics. For the first time
a complete and exact survey on the facts and dates of
Kempelen’s life are given in
this book.
Holocaust Studies.
D R . A L I C E R E I N I N G E R is senior lec-
turer at the University of Applied
Art Vienna, Department for Cultural
Studies.
P E T E R WA U G H is lecturer at the
University of Applied Arts in Vienna.
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-88033-691-8
N OV EMBE R
102!|!FA L L
220 pages
$50.00 / £34.50 cloth 978-0-88033-686-4
D ECEMB ER
215 pages
$65.00 / £45.00 cloth 978-0-88033-687-1
OC TOBE R
925 pages
BIOGRAPHY
R U S S I A N H I S TO RY
E A S T E U R O P E A N H I S TO R Y
EEM #788
EEM #783
EEM #784
2011
east european history
Studies in the History of
Early Modern Transylvania
A Polyethnic Region
in East-Central Europe
Edited by Randolph L.
Braham
Edited by Gyöngy Kovács
Studies in the History of Upper
Hungary and Slovakia from the
1600s to the Present
The Auschwitz Reports and the
Holocaust in Hungary is a collection of papers read at the
International Conference
held in New York in April 2011
under the sponsorship of the
Institute for Holocaust Studies
of the Graduate Center of the
City University of New York
and the Franklin and Eleanor
Roosevelt Institute. The studies deal with the domestic and
international ramifications
of the Holocaust in Hungary,
with several of them focusing
on the successes and failures
of the rescue decisions made
under the impact the so-called
Auschwitz Reports.
This volume of studies
presents the salient social,
administrative and cultural
developments of the medieval
Kingdom of Hungary during
the seventeenth-century. The
authors are well known scholars in Romania and Hungary:
university staff, archivists and
researchers. Topics include
public administration and society, cultural aspects, and social
and art history as well as the
emergence of civic rights.
R A N D O L P H L . B R A H A M is a special-
ist in comparative politics and a rec-
Kiss
G Y Ö N G Y K O VÁ C S K I S S is an his-
torian and the deputy editor-inchief of Korunk [Cluj-Napoca] and
editor-in-chief of Erdélyi Múzeum
[Cluj-Napoca]. He has edited and contributed to numerous scholarly studies
on Transylvania.
ognized authority on the Holocaust.
Edited by László Szarka
The studies in A Polyethnic
Region in East-Central Europe
are devoted to the Hungarian
minority in Slovakia, examining the altered Hungarian–
Slovak relationship from
various angles. They analyze
the conflicts between Slovak
and Hungarian nationalism,
the historical stages in the
organization of minority selfgovernment, and the system
of relations termed the “triadic
nexus” by scholars, in which
Hungary’s attempts at territorial revision and Slovakia’s
efforts at assimilation often put
the Hungarian community in
Slovakia in a difficult position.
E
OE
PR
E APNR EMSOSN G R A P H S
WAASLTL FE LUORW
The Auschwitz Reports and
the Holocaust in Hungary
L ÁSZLÓ SZA R KA served as director of
He is the author or editor of fifty-nine
the Hungarian Academy of Sciences’
books, and has co-authored and con-
Minority Research Station from 2000
tributed chapters to forty-five others.
to 2009.
He also published dozens of scholarly
articles and reviews and hundreds of
articles and notes in various encyclopedias.
$55.00 / £38.00 cloth 978-0-88033-688-8
D E C E MB ER
300 pages
$65.00 / £45.00 cloth 978-0-88033-689-5
S EP TE MBER
500 pages
$65.00 / £45.00
DE CE MBE R
cloth 978-0-880330690-1
550 pages
EEM #785
EEM #786
EEM #787
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!103
CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS
Learning to Emulate the Wise
Transforming History
The Genesis of Chinese Philosophy as an Academic
Discipline in Twentieth-Century China
The Making of a Modern
Academic Discipline in
Edited by John Makeham
Twentieth-Century China
Edited by Brian Moloughney
Learning to Emulate the Wise is the first book of
a three-volume series that constructs a historically informed, multidisciplinary framework to
examine how traditional Chinese knowledge
systems and grammars of knowledge construction interacted with Western paradigms
in the formation and development of modern
academic disciplines in China. In the first book
of its kind in English, John Makeham and several other noted sinologists and philosophers
explore how the field of “Chinese philosophy”
(Zhongguo zhexue), developed in the early decades of the twentieth century, exploring the
field’s growth and relationship with European,
American, and Japanese scholarship and philosophy. The volume discusses an array of
representative individuals and institutions, including Nishi Amane, Hu Shi, Zhang Taiyan,
Liang Shuming, Xiong Shili, Tang Yongtong,
Feng Youlan, Jin Yuelin, and a range of Marxist
philosophers. The epilogue concludes by discussing the intellectual-historical significance
of these figures and throws into relief how
Zhongguo zhexue is understood today.
JOH N M A K E HA M has authored and edited numerous works
on Chinese intellectual history and philosophy.
$49.00 cloth 978-962-996-478-8
D EC E MBE R
296 pages
C H I N E S E P H I LO S P H Y
104!|!FA L L
2011
and Peter Zarrow
Part of the Chinese University Press’s threevolume series on the construction of Chinese
disciplines, Transforming History examines the
profound transformation of historical thought
and the practice of writing history from the late
Qing through the mid-twentieth century. The
authors devote extensive analysis to the common set of intellectual and political forces that
shaped the study of history, from the ideas of
evolution, positivism, nationalism, historicism,
and Marxism to political processes such as revolution, imperialism, and modernization. Also
discussed are the impact and problems associated with the nation-state as the subject of history, the linear model of historical time, and
the spatial system of nation-states. The result is
a convincing study that illustrates how history
has transformed into a modern academic discipline in China.
B R I A N M O LO U G H N E Y is pro-vice-chancellor of humanities
at the University of Otago. His research includes work on
Chinese history and literature and the Chinese diaspora.
P E T E R Z A R R OW is currently associate research fellow at
the Institute of Modern History, Academia Sinica, Taipei.
$49.00 cloth 978-962-996-479-5
JANUARY
296 pages
C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y
The Rustification of Chinese Youth (1968–1980)
The Lost Generation
Culture and History
in Postrevolutionary China
Michel Bonnin
The Perspective of Global Modernity
Translated from French by Krystyna Horko
Arif Dirlik
The Lost Generation is a vital component to an
understanding of Maoism. The book provides
a comprehensive account of the critical movement during which seventeen million young
“educated” city dwellers were supposed to transform themselves into peasants, potentially for
life. Bonnin closely examines the Chinese leadership’s motivations and the methods that it
used over time to implement its objectives, as
well as the day-to-day lives of those young people in the countryside, their difficulties, their
doubts, their resistance, and, ultimately, their
revolt. The author draws on a rich and diverse
array of sources, concluding with a comprehensive assessment of the movement that shaped
an entire generation, including a majority of today’s cultural, economic, and political elite.
Offering critical perspectives on a number of ideological issues that have figured
prominently in Chinese intellectual discourse
since the beginning of the so-called reform and
opening (gaige kaifang) in the late 1970s, these
essays range widely in subject matter, from
Marxist historiography to sociology and anthropology in China to guoxue/national studies. Together they are conceived as different
windows into a basic problem: the deployment
of culture and history in postrevolutionary
Chinese thought. Dirlik touches on a number
of themes, including the repudiation of the
revolutionary past after 1978, which has led
to a rise of cultural nationalism. He further
places these developments within a global context, ultimately making a case methodologically
for “worlding” China: bringing China into the
world and the world into China.
M I C H E L B O N N I N is a professor at the École des Hautes
Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris. From 1991 to 1998
he was the director of the French Research Center
on Contemporary China and editor in chief of China
Perspectives, both of which he founded in Hong Kong. His
primary areas of research are the social and political issues
in the People’s Republic of China. Bonnin has written extensively on the rustication movement of educated urban
youth during the Maoist period.
$55.00 cloth 978-962-996-481-8
JA NUARY
400 pages
C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y
A R I F D I R L I K taught at Duke University for thirty years as
professor of history and anthropology before moving in
2001 to the University of Oregon where he served as Knight
Professor of Social Science, professor of history and anthropology, and director of the Center for Critical Theory
and Transnational Studies. He subsequently accepted a
short-term appointment as Chair Professor of Chinese
Studies, Departments of History and Cultural Studies.
$42.00 cloth 978-962-996-474-0
JANUA RY
200 pages
C H I N E S E H I S TO R Y/ P O L I T I C S
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!105
Collaborative Regional Development
in Northeast Asia
Hong Kong Taxation
Towards a Sustainable Regional
and Sub-regional Future
Ayesha Macpherson and Garry Laird
Edited by Won Bae Kim, Yue-man Yeung,
and Sang-Chuel Choe
Hong Kong Taxation: Law and Practice 2011–12 is
a comprehensive yet practical guide to the tax
system of Hong Kong. The book helps explain
the three main types of taxes in Hong Kong,
namely, property tax, salaries tax, and profits
tax, and includes all related information dealing with the administration, assessment, and
collection of these taxes as well. Written in a
clear and easy-to-understand format with reallife examples and case studies, this popular
resource continues to be the standard text for
up-to-date information on Hong Kong taxation
law for students, investors, and business people. This revised edition covers all changes up
to July 2011.
Against the background of accelerating globalization and growing economic interdependence in northeast Asia over the past two
decades, including the recent global economic
crisis, this book sets out to examine the status
and prospect of cross-border cooperation. It
has synthesized diverse strands of discussion
and different country perspectives to highlight the challenges and opportunities of collaborative regional development in northeast
Asia. Distinct from previous studies, this book
attempts to capture international, national,
and local viewpoints in regional development.
Practical experience across countries has been
analyzed and consolidated to form the basis of a
policy agenda for cross-border cooperation.
W O N B A E K I M i s research advisor of the Gyeonggi
Research Institute.
Y UE- M A N Y EUN G is emeritus professor of geography and
honorary fellow of the Chinese University of Hong Kong.
AYESHA MACPHERSON is the partner in charge of tax ser-
vices, Hong Kong SAR, KPMG China. She started her career
with KPMG in London before joining KPMG in Hong Kong
in 1993. Ms. Macpherson is a member of the Hong Kong
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Institute
of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
G A R R Y L A I R D , bachelor of economics (University of
Tasmania), is a senior tax advisor with KPMG. Before joining KPMG he was a tax specialist for over thirty-five years,
SANG-CHUEL CHOE is former chairman of the Presidential
initially with the Australian Taxation Office before joining
Committee on Regional Development in South Korea.
the Inland Revenue Department (IRD) in Hong Kong.
$60.00 cloth 978-962-996-482-5
$49.00 paper 978-962-996-486-3
NOV EMB ER
450 pages
REGIONAL STUDIES/NORTHEAST ASIA
106!|!FA L L
Law and Practice, 2011–12 Edition
2011
OC TO BE R
L AW
880 pages
Thomas Lindemann
Theories on the origins of war
are often based on the premise
that the rational actor is in
pursuit of material satisfaction,
such as the quest for power
or for wealth. These perspectives disregard the need for
homo symbolicus–meaning
the preservation of a positive self-image for both emotional
and
instrumental
reasons. A good reputation
ensures authority and material
resources. Non-recognition can
be as much as an explanation
of war as that of other explicative variables. Two empirical studies examining the role
of nonrecognition in great
power conflicts and in international crises will demonstrate
the value of this symbolic
approach.
T HO M AS LI ND E MA NN is professor of
The Personalisation of
Politics
Urban Foreign Policy and
Domestic Dilemmas
Lauri Karvonen
Nico van der Heiden
With the weakening of the
structural determinants of politics in Western democracies, it
is commonly assumed that individual politicians and politicians as individuals have come
to mean more for voter behaviour and party choice. Many
observers argue that politics
has become more personalized
in the course of the last few decades. Although considerable
research on the various aspects
of personalization has been
carried out, no single study so
far has approached the question from a broad comparative
perspective.
City regions have gained economic and political power in
the process of globalization.
Many of them use this power to
develop their own international
activities. This book investigates why city regions go global
and the consequences of their
newly gained self-confidence
on the international scale. The
book analyses Swiss and EU
city regions’ international activities with seven in-depth case
studies. The book shows that
the local economic setting and
the political response in developing international activities
are closely linked.
EUROPEAN CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL RESEARCH
Causes of War
NICO VAN D E R H E ID EN is senior
LAU RI KARVO NE N is professor of
project manager at the Institute for
political science at Åbo Akademi,
Political Science and at the Centre for
Finland, and director of Democracy:
Democracy Studies at the University
A Citizen Perspective.
of Zurich.
$22.50 paper 978 1 9073 0103 2
$40.00 paper 978 1 9073 0107 0
political science at Artois University
and is visiting professor at Paris
I–Sorbonne and Sciences Po Paris.
$30.00 paper 978 1 9073 0101 8
O CTOB ER
176 pages
F E BRUARY
132 pages
OC TO BE R
224 pages
PO L IT IC A L S CIENC E
P OLITI CAL SCI ENCE
POL I TI CAL S CI ENC E
MO NO GR APH
M ONO GRAP H
MONO G R APH
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!107
EUROPEAN CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL RESEARCH
The Wit and Humour of
Political Science
Kenneth Newton
Widen the Market, Narrow
the Competition
Modern Social Policies in
Britain and Sweden
Daniel Mügge
Hugh Heclo
K E NNE TH NE W TON is professor
EU capital markets have
changed radically over the past
twenty years. In the 1980s,
countries had their own financial industries and rules.
Now there is one “Champions
League” of banks, and member
states have transferred crucial
regulatory powers to Brussels.
Drawing on policy documents
and more than fifty in-depth
interviews, Widen the Market,
Narrow the Competition argues
that financial industry interests
have been key to this power
shift. Continental banks initially feared a single European
market, and governments followed their protectionist impulses.
DA NI E L MÜ GGE is assistant profes-
sor in international relations and
international political economy at the
University of Amsterdam.
$40.00 paper 978 1 9073 0108 7
S E PT E MBER
108!|!FA L L
This is the serendipitous product of two senior scholars
working across the world from
each other who independently
collected funny and satirical articles on political science over
the years with the intent of
someday publishing them for
a wider audience. The lead editors—Kenneth Newton and the
late Lee Sigelman—learned by
chance of each other’s projects.
190 pages
Modern Social Politics in Britain
and Sweden was the winner
of the 1974 Woodrow Wilson
Foundation Book Award for
the best book published in the
United States on government,
politics, or international affairs.
“[Heclo] painstakingly analyses
the evolution of income maintenance policies over the past
one hundred years in Britain
and Sweden in an effort to
explain why these policies
evolved as they did. He thus
poses a question of fundamental importance to both policy
and political science, and he
produces an answer that is neither obvious nor dramatic but
is original, discriminating, and
persuasive.
emeritus, University of Southampton
L E E SIG E LM AN was professor of
political science at the Columbian
School of Arts and Sciences
K E NNE TH M EIE R is the Charles H.
Gregory chair in Liberal Arts
$30.00 paper 978 1 9073 0110 0
OC TO BE R
206 pages
Schools of Democracy
Julien Talpin
This book addresses the longterm individual impact of
public engagement in participatory budgeting institutions
in Europe. Based on rich ethnographic study in France, Italy,
and Spain, this book shows
how participatory institutions
can satisfy this ambition by
creating the procedural and
social conditions of formation
for the a competent citizenry.
H UG H H E C LO is Robinson Professor
J UL IE N TAL P IN is researcher in politi-
of Public Affairs at George Mason
cal science at the Ceraps/University
University.
of Lille 2 (France).
$55.00 paper 978 1 9073 0100 1
$30.00 paper 978 1 9073 0118 6
MAR CH
374 pages
AU GUST
200 pages
PO LITICAL SCI ENC E
POLITI CAL SCI E NCE
MONOG RAP H
CLASSIC
MONO G R APH
2011
new
Hitchcock Annual
Volume 16
Volume 17
Edited by Sidney Gottlieb
and Richard Allen
Edited by Sidney Gottlieb
and Richard Allen
This issue of the Hitchcock Annual contains
studies of Alfred Hitchcock and the theater,
his atheology, and his influence on the stalker
genre. It also features analyses of Rear Window
and Gus Van Sant’s shot-for-shot remake of
Psycho, a dossier on To Catch a Thief, and an
early essay by Hitchcock himself.
The latest volume of the Hitchcock Annual
contains essays on a wide variety of Alfred
Hitchcock-related topics. Among other pieces,
it includes a detailed study of the unused
score by Henry Mancini for Frenzy, close
readings of two often overlooked Hitchcock
films, Waltzes from Vienna and Stage Fright,
and a far-ranging examination of Hitchcock’s
presence in contemporary art installations and
experimental films.
Table of Contents:
HITCHCOCK ANNUAL
Hitchcock Annual
“Hitchcock in 1928: The Auteur as Autocrat”
• “An Autocrat of the Film Studio” by Alfred
Hitchcock • “A Perfect Place to Die? The
Theatre in Hitchcock Revisited” • “Reflections
on the Making of To Catch a Thief: André Bazin,
Sylvette Baudrot, Grace Kelly, Charles Vanel, and
Brigitte Auber” • “What We Don’t See, and What
We Think It Means: Ellipsis and Occlusion in
All back issues of the Hitchcock Annual are
available through Columbia University Press,
as is The Hitchcock Annual Anthology: Selected
Essays from Volumes 10-15, edited by Sidney
Gottlieb and Richard Allen (2009, $26.00
paper 978-1-905673-95-4 / $80.00 cloth 9781-905673-96-1 ).
Rear Window” • “The Destruction That Wasteth
at Noonday: Hitchcock’s Atheology” • “Gus
Van Sant’s Mirror-Image of Hitchcock: Reading
Psycho Backwards” • “Hitchcock, Unreliable
Narration, and the Stalker Film”
$26.00 / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-15649-3
2 01 0
FILM STUDIES
$26.00 / £18.00 paper 978-0-231-16002-5
S EPT E MBER
224 pages / illustrated
FILM STUDIES
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!109
AUTEUR PUBLISHING
Splice
SAW
Studying Fight Club
Volume 5 issue 2
Ben Poole
Mark Ramey
Like all game changers within
the horror genre, SAW was an
independent success, a lowbudget champion that flourished without the patronage
of a big studio. Not bad for the
most successful horror franchise ever, which has spawned
subsidiary media and masses
of merchandise, including a
theme park rollercoaster ride.
Fight Club is, on one level, popculture phenomena and on
another, a deeply philosophical and satirical exploration of
modern life. David Fincher’s
1999 film (and Chuck
Palahniuk’s source novel) has
had a huge impact on audiences worldwide leading to
spoofs, homage, merchandising and numerous Internet
fan sites.
Edited by John Atkinson
Volume 5 issue 2 of Splice discusses the thorny issue of
film adaptations, covering the
ground from a comparison of
the various versions Alice in
Wonderland to Fight Club and
how it achieved its cult status
with audiences. The phenomena of The Lord of the Rings
and Twilight are explored with
particular reference to the part
fans of the books played in their
adaptation to the screen. Tom
Ford’s version of Christopher
Isherwood’s A Single Man is
considered in relation to what
constitutes ‘adaptation’ and
questions whether fidelity to
the source text is important or
even desirable.
JOHN ATKINSON is the UK-based pub-
lishing director of Auteur.
What is it about SAW that
attracted such a following? In
his contribution to the ‘Devil’s
Advocates’ series, Benjamin
Poole considers the SAW phenomenon from all aspects of
Film and Media Studies–from
its generic pedigree in both
literature and film, to the visceral audience pleasures (‘what
would I do?’) of the text, to
the contrasting representations of men and women and
the film’s implicit criticism of
masculinity.
Although attracted by the
film’s playfulness and star
wattage, however, many students struggle with its theoretical notions such as Capitalism,
materialism, anarchy and so
on. This is one film, which
therefore merits a thoughtful
and provocative analysis but
also an accessible one, and
Mark Ramey has provided
just that.
MARK RAMEY teaches film and media
studies at Collyer’s Sixth Form in
Horsham, UK.
BEN POOLE teaches film and media in
Cardiff High School, Wales.
$15.00 paper 1-906733-54-6
AUGUST
112 pages / 20 color and b&w
FILM STUDIES
110!|!FA L L
2011
$15.00 paper 1-906733-56-2
NOVEMBER
112 pages / 20 b&w
$15.00 paper 1-906733-55-4
NOVEMBER
112 pages / 20 b&w
FILM STUDIES / HORROR STUDIES
FILM STUDIES
D E V I L’ S A DVO C AT E S
S T U DY I N G F I L M S
reannouncing
Critical Cinema
Beyond the Theory of Practice
Alison Tedman
Dekalog 4
On East Asian Filmmakers
Edited by Kate E. Taylor
Dekalog 4: On East Asian
Filmmakers solicits scholars from Japan, Hong Kong,
Switzerland, North America,
and the U.K. to offer unique
readings of selected East Asian
directors and their works.
KATE E. TAYLOR is lecturer in visual culture
at Bangor University, Wales.
This volume brings together
critical approaches from fairy
tale studies, film studies, and
feminist studies, including
philosophical and psychoanalytic methodologies. It analyzes fairytale strategies and
enunciation, explores the role
of fantasy in the spectatorship
of fairytale cinema, and considers the potential for the feminine voice.
ALISON TEDMAN is senior lecturer in
film at Buckinhamshire New University.
$26.00 / £18.00 paper 978-1-905674-97-8
$80.00 / £55.00 cloth 978-1-905674-98-5
JANUARY
FILM
Critical Cinema blurs the line
between the making and the
theorizing of film. Opening
with an introduction by Bill
Nichols, one of the world’s
leading writers on nonfiction
film, this volume features
writings by such prominent
authors as Noel Burch, Laura
Mulvey, Peter Wollen, Brian
Winston, and Patrick Fuery.
Seminal filmmakers such as
Peter Greenaway and Mike
Figgis also contribute to the
debate.
CLIVE MYER is the director of the
International Film School Wales.
$25.00 / £17.50 paper 978-1-906660-36-9
$20.00 / £14.00 paper 978-1-906660-31-4
NOVEMBER
Edited by Clive Myer
Introduction by Bill Nichols
WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S
The Realms of Fantasy
Fairytale Cinema, and Spectatorship
$75.00 / £52.00 cloth 978-1-906660-37-6
164 pages
FEBRUARY
FILM
256 pages
FILM
Bring Me the Head
of Alfredo Garcia
Blade Runner
The Evil Dead
Matt Hills
Kate Egan
Ian Cooper
Blade Runner (1982 has become
In 1974, The Wall Street Journal a cult classic, a phenomenon
called this movie “grotesque, with a network of variant texts
sadistic, irrational, obscene,” and fan speculations—a franand “incompetent,” while New chise unto itself. Some dub
York Magazine declared it “a the movie “classroom cult” for
catastrophe.” This study revisits participation in academic
its the making of this con- debates while others call it
troversial film, as well as its “meta-cult,” in line with the
original reception and subse- work of Umberto Eco.
quent reassessment. It reads
the project as an auteur work, MATT HILLS is reader in media and
cultural studies at Cardiff University
a genre film, a confession, and and the author of Fan Cultures and
Triumph of a Time Lord: Regenerating
a bizarre self-parody.
IAN COOPER is contributor to the
Wallflower Press series of Critical
Guides to film directors.
$15.00 / £10.50 paper 978-1-906660-32-1
SEPTEMBER
128 pages
Sam Raimi’s The Evil Dead
(1981) is a rollercoaster ride
of terror and a classic horror
hit, a defining example of the
tongue-in-cheek, excessively
gory horror films of the 1980s.
This study considers the factors that have contributed to
the film’s evolving cult reputation.
Doctor Who in the Twenty-first Century.
KATE EGAN is lecturer in film studies
at Aberystwyth University and author
of Trash or Treasure? Censorship and
the Changing Meanings of the Video
Nasties.
$15.00 / £10.50 paper 978-1-906660-33-8
$15.00 / £10.50 paper 978-1-906660-34-5
OCTOBER
128 pages
NOVEMBER
128 pages
FILM
FILM
C U LTO G R A P H I E S
FILM
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!111
reannouncing
The Celluloid Madonna
The Cinema of Michael Haneke
From Scripture to Screen
Europe Utopia
Catherine O’Brien
Edited by Ben McCann and David Sorfa
The Celluloid Madonna is the first book to
study the life of the Virgin Mary on screen
from the silent era to the present. For decades,
Mary has caught the imagination of Catholics,
Protestants, Muslims, Marxists, and atheists,
and film’s intersection of theology and secular
culture has inspired some of the most singular
and controversial visions of this icon of cinema
history. Focusing on the challenge of adapting
Scripture to the screen, this volume discusses
Cecil B. DeMille’s The King of Kings (1927),
Pier Paolo Pasolini’s The Gospel According to
St. Matthew (1964), Franco Zeffirelli’s Jesus
of Nazareth (1977), Jean-Luc Godard’s Hail
Mary (1985), Jean Delannoy’s Mary of Nazareth
(1985), Mel Gibson’s The Passion of the Christ
(2004), Catherine Hardwicke’s The Nativity
Story (2006), and Mark Dornford-May’s Son of
Man (2006).
Michael Haneke is one of the most important
directors working in Europe today, with films
such as Funny Games (1997), Code Unknown
(2000), and Hidden (2005) interrogating modern ethical dilemmas with forensic clarity and
merciless insight. Haneke’s films frequently
implicate both the protagonists and the audience in the making of their own misfortunes,
yet even in the barren nihilism of The Seventh
Continent (1989) and Time of the Wolf (2003)
a dark strain of optimism emerges, releasing
each from its terrible and inescapable guilt.
This collection celebrates, explicates, and sometimes challenges the worldview of Haneke’s
films.
BE N MCCA NN is lecturer in French studies at the University
of Adelaide.
DAV I D S O R FA is senior lecturer in film studies at Liverpool
C AT H E R I N E O ’ B R I A N is senior lecturer in film studies and
French at Kingston University in the U.K. She has published
John Moores University and managing editor of the journal
Film-Philosophy.
widely on the intersections between Marian theology and
secular culture.
$25.00 paper 978-1-906660-27-7
$25.00 paper 978-1-906660-29-1
$75.00 cloth 978-1-906660-28-4
$75.00 cloth 978-1-906660-30-7
DECEMBER
FILM
112!|!FA L L
2011
224 pages
OCTOBER
FILM
256 pages
Mapping the Borders of Cinema
Edited by Gertrud Koch, Volker Pantenburg,
and Simon Rothöhler
From moving images on the Internet to giant IMAX displays, the number of screens in the public and private
sphere has increased significantly during the last two
decades. While this is often taken to indicate the “death
of cinema,” this volume attempts to reconsider the limits and specifics of film and the traditional movie theater.
It analyzes notions of spectatorship, the relationship
between cinema and the “uncinematic,” the contested
place of installation art in the history of experimental cinema, and the characteristics of the high definition image.
Further contributions discuss the ways in which cinema
interacts with other arts and media such as theater and
television.
Contributors:
R ay m o n d B e l l o u r, Vi c to r B u rg i n ,
AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS
Screen Dynamics
Vinzenz Hediger, Tom Gunning, Ute
Holl, Ekkehard Knörer, Thomas Morsch,
GERT RUD KOCH is professor for film studies at the Free University
Berlin, where she is also head of the collaborative research center
Jonathan Rosenbaum and the editors.
“Aesthetic Experience and the Dissolution of Artistic Limits.”
VOLKE R PA NT ENBU R G is assistant professor for Moving Images at the
Bauhaus University Weimar and Junior Director at the “Internationales
Kolleg für Kulturtechnikforschung und Medienphilosophie.”
S I MO N ROT HÖHLER is a postdoctoral researcher at the collaborative
research center “Aesthetic Experience and the Dissolution of Artistic
Limits” at the Free University of Berlin and editor of the quarterly
magazine CARGO Film/Medien/Kultur.
$29.50 / £20.00 paper 978-3-901644-39-9
NOV E MBER
208 pages illustrations in color & b/w
FILM STUDIES
F I L M M U S E U M SY N E M A P U B L I K AT I O N E N VO L . 1 5
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!113
BEST OF BACKLIST
BEST OF T
BH
A EC KBLAI C
SK
TLIST
The Columbia
Gazetteer of the
World
The Columbia
Encyclopedia of
Modern Drama
Second Edition
Edited by Saul
Cohen
Edited by
Gabrielle H.
Cody and Evert
Sprinchorn
$595.00s / £425.00 cloth 978-0-231-14554-1
$450.00s / £225.00 cloth 978-0-231-14032-4
$350.00s / £241.50 cloth 978-0-231-13988-5
2 0 08 • R EF E R EN C E
20 07 • R EFE REN CE / DRAM A
2 007 • RE FER EN CE / PO ET RY
Kitchen
Mysteries
Molecular
Gastronomy
Hervé This
Hervé This
The Columbia
Granger’s Index
to Poetry in
Anthologies
Thirteenth Edition
Edited by
Tessa Kale
Building a Meal
Hervé This
$16.95t / £11.50 paper 978-0-231-14171-0
$22.95t / £16.50 cloth 978-0-231-14170-3
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-13313-5
$29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-13312-8
$14.95t / £10.50 paper 978-0-231-14467-4
$19.95t / £11.95 cloth 978-0-231-14466-7
2 0 07 • FO O D / S C I EN C E
20 06 • FO OD / SCIE NC E
2 009 • FOO D / SC IE NCE Evolution
Climate Change
Donald R.
Prothero
Edmond A.
Mathez
$29.50s / £20.50 cloth 978-0-231-13962-5
$55.00s / £38.00 cloth 978-0-231-14642-5
2 0 07 • SC IEN C E
20 09 • SC IE NC E
The Late Age
of Print
Ted Striphas
$18.5s / £13.00 paper 978-0-231-14815-3
$27.50s / £19.00 cloth 978-0-231-14814-6
2 009 • L IT E RARY ST U DI ES / HI STOR
Revised Edition
Inside Terrorism
Man, the State,
and War
Autism’s False
Prophets
Bruce Hoffman
Revised Edition
Paul A. Offit,
M.D.
Kenneth N.
Waltz
$24.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-12699-1
$79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-12698-4
$30.00s / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-12537-6
20 05 • PO L ITIC S
2 0 06 • CU R R E NT A F FA I R S / P OL I T I CS
Darsan
Third Edition
Diana L. Eck
$16.95t / £11.50 paper 978-0-231-14637-1
$24.95t / £18.95 cloth 978-0-231-14636-4
2 008 • SCIENC E / HE ALT H
The
Autobiography
of Yukichi
Fukuzawa
Political
Liberalism
Expanded Edition
John Rawls
Yukichi
Fukuzawa
$23.00s / £16.00 cloth 978-0-231-11265-9
2 0 07 • RE LI GI O N / ASI A N ST UD I ES
114!|!FA L L
2011
$34.00s / £23.50 paper 978-0-231-13987-8
$105.00s / £72.50 cloth 978-0-231-13986-1
$24.95t / £18.95 paper 978-0-231-13089-9
$75.00s / £52.00 cloth 978-0-231-13088-2
20 07 • ASI AN ST UD I ES / M EM O IR
2 004 • PHI LOSOP HY
Hatred and
Forgiveness
Thomas Berry
Julia Kristeva
8h _ ] ^j M_ d ] i
" O * M M V T U S B U F E " O U I P M P H Z P G
1PFNT"CPVU#JSET
Edited by
B
I L L Y
Pa i n t i n g s b y D A V I D
$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-14952-5
20 09 • N AT U RE / R E L I G I O N
$29.50s / £19.50 cloth 978-0-231-14324-0
$23.99s / £16.50 ebook 978-0-231-51278-7
C
Bright Wings
Edited by
Billy Collins
Paintings by
David Allen
Sibley
O L L I N S
ALLEN SIBLEY
$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-15084-2
2 009 • P OETRY / NAT UR E
201 0 • PH ILOS OPHY
The Science of
the Oven
Fixing the Sky
Hervé This
$22.95t / £15.95 cloth 978-0-231-14706-4
$10.99t / £15.95 ebook 978-0-231-51854-3
20 09 • FOO D / S C I EN CE
C O L U M B I A
C O N T E M P O R A R Y
A M E R I C A N
R E L I G I O N
S E R I E S
Jane I. Smith
ISLAM
IN AMERICA
Fate, Time, and
Language
James Rodger
Fleming
David Foster
Wallace
$19.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-14413-1
$27.95t / £14.00 cloth 978-0-231-14412-4
$14.99t / £19.95 ebook 978-0-231-51306-7
$19.95t / £13.95 paper 978-0-231-15157-3
$60.00s / £41.5 cloth 978-0-231-15156-6
$15.99s / £11.00 ebook 978-0-231-52707-1
201 0 • S CI EN CE
2 01 0 • P HI LOSOPHY
Islam in America
Sex Trafficking
Second Edition
Siddharth Kara
“A major contribution to historical
Palestinian nationalism.” —Foreign Affairs
BEST OF THE BACKLIST
The Sacred
Universe
Palestinian
Identity
Rashid Khalidi
Jane I. Smith
RASHID KHALIDI
Palestinian Identity
THE CONSTRUCTION OF MODERN NATIONAL CONSCIOUSNESS
WITH A NEW INTRODUCTION BY THE AUTHOR
SECOND EDITION
$24.50s / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-14711-8
$79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14710-1
20 09 • RE L I G IO N / A ME RI C AN ST UD I ES
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-13961-8
$24.95t / £16.95 cloth 978-0-231-13960-1
$9.99t / £7.00 ebook 978-0-231-51139-1
$22.95t / £15.95 paper 978-0-231-15075-0
$74.50s / £51.50 cloth 978-0-231-15074-3
2 009 • M ID DLE E AST ST UD I ES
20 0 8 • L AW
Vaccines and
Your Child
An Ethics
for Today
Paul A. Offit
and Charlotte
A. Moser
Richard Rorty
DIAGNOSIS
Diagnosis:
Schizophrenia
Second Edition
SCHIZOPHRENIA
A C OM P R E H E N S I VE
“An excellent guide for
R E S OU RC E F OR
patients and their families.”
C O N S U M E R S, FAM I LI E S,
—Library Journal
Rachel Miller
and Susan
Mason
A N D H E LP I NG
P ROF E S S I ONA LS
R AC H E L M I L L E R and S U S A N E. M AS O N
SECON D E DITION
$16.95t / £11.95 paper 978-0-231-15307-2
$9.99t / £7.00 ebook 978-0-231-52671-5
$17.95t / £12.95 cloth 978-0-231-15056-9
$9.99t / £12.95 ebook 978-0-231-52543-5
$23.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-12625-0
$83.50s / £57.50 cloth 978-0-231-12624-3
201 0 • M EDI C A L
201 0 • R EL IGION
2 009 • P HI LOSOPHY / L IT ER ARY ST UD IE S
The Novelist’s
Lexicon
Graphic Women
Gilbert and
Sullivan
Hillary L. Chute
Edited by Villa
Gillet /
Le Monde
$16.95t / £11.95 cloth 978-0-231-15080-4
$9.99t / £7.00 ebook 978-0-231-52169-7
201 0 • LA N G UAG E A RTS
Carolyn
Williams
$26.50s / £18.50 paper 978-0-231-15063-7
$79.50s / £55.00 cloth 978-0-231-15062-0
$63.99s / £44.00 ebook 978-0-231-52157-4
$35.00s / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-14804-7
$27.99s / £19.50 ebook 978-0-231-51966-3
2 01 0 • P ERFOR M ING ARTS
201 0 • LI T E RARY C RI T IC I SM
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!115
AWA R D -W I N N I N G T I T L E S
Hollywood Lighting from the Silent
Era to Film Noir
A Tragedy of Democracy
Fixing the Sky
Greg Robinson
James Fleming
Patrick Keating
2009 Association for Asian American Studies
Prize in History
Honorable Mention, 2010 Atmospheric Science
Librarians International Choice Book Awards,
Historical Category
$22.50/£15.50 paper 978-0-231-12923-7
$27.95/£19.95 cloth 978-0-231-14412-4
$19.95/£14.00 paper 978-0-231-14413-1
$14.99/£19.95 ebook 978-0-231-51306-7
2011 Best First Book, Society for Cinema
and Media Studies
$27.50/£19.00 paper 978-0-231-14903-7
$84.50/£58.50 cloth 978-0-231-14902-0
$21.99/£15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52020-1
A Desert Named Peace
Benjamin Claude Brower
2010 Albert Hourani Book Award from the
Middle East Studies Association
$26.50/£20.50 paper 978-0-231-15493-2
$50.00/£18.50 cloth 978-0-231-15492-5
$39.99/£27.50 ebook 978-0-231-51937-3
$29.95/£19.95 cloth 978-0-231-12922-0
$17.99/£12.50 ebook 978-0-231-52012-6
The Struggle for Sustainability in
Rural China
Bryan Tilt
Sex Trafficking
Siddharth Kara
Cecil B. Currey Book Award from the
Association of Third World Studies
Co-winner of the 2010 Frederick Douglas Book
Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman
Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and
Abolition
$29.50/£20.50 paper 978-0-231-15001-9
$89.50/£62.00 cloth 978-0-231-15000-2
$23.99/£16.50 ebook 978-0-231-52080-5
$16.95/£11.95 paper 978-0-231-13961-8
$24.95/£16.95 cloth 978-0-231-13960-1
$9.99/£7.00 ebook 978-0-231-51139-1
A Brief History and Philosophy
Yoga,
Karma,
and
rebirth
Stephen Phillips
116!|!FA L L
Firestorm
Yoga, Karma, Rebirth
Stephen Prince
Stephen Phillips
Elbe, Stefan
Choice Outstanding Academic Title, 2010
$27.50/£19.00 paper 978-0-231-14871-9
$87.50/60.50 cloth 978-0-231-14870-2
$21.99/£15.00 ebook 978-0-231-52008-9
$22.95/£16.00 paper 978-0-231-14485-8
$79.50/£55.00 cloth 978-0-231-14484-1
$79.50/£55.00 ebook 978-0-231-51947-2
$45.00/£31.00 cloth 978-0-231-14868-9
$35.99/£25.00 ebook 978-0-231-52005-8
2011
Virus Alert
Bring Me Men...................................... 20
Bronner, Stephen Eric...........................17
Brotherton, David C., and
Luis Barrios ..................................... 74
Brower, Benjamin Claude .................... 59
Brown, Alan S., M.D., and Paul H.
Patterson, Ph.D., eds .......................77
Building a Meal.................................... 50
Burns and Other Poets.........................91
Cahill, Kevin M......................................61
Causes of War .....................................107
Chalmers, James; Leverick, Fiona;
Farmer, Lindsay ............................... 99
Chatterjee, Partha ................................ 30
China or Japan ..................................... 27
Clemens, Justin; Heron, Nicholas;
Murray, Alex......................................85
Cohen, Avner ........................................54
Collaborative Regional Development in
Northeast Asia .............................. 106
Collins, John..........................................43
Conceptualising Contemporary War ...69
Contributions to Musical Collections
and Miscellaneous Songs ............... 92
Countering Al Qaeda in London ......... 67
Creating Worldviews ............................ 98
Culture and History in
Postrevolutionary China ................105
Curry, John J. ....................................... 96
Dalton, Dennis .....................................33
Davidson, Christopher M. ...................54
Davidson, Christopher, ed. .................21
de Sutter, Laurent; McGee, Kyle ...........83
DeKoven, Marianne, and Michael
Lundblad, eds. .................................45
Deleuze and Film .................................83
Deleuze and Law ..................................83
Democracy, Islam, and Secularism
in Turkey ........................................... 31
Deutsche, Rosalyn ................................58
Dirlik, Arif............................................105
Dosse, Francois. Translated by
Deborah Glassman .......................... 53
Ed Koch and the Rebuilding of
New York City .................................. 56
Edited by Hilary Ballon ......................... 11
Efrati, Noga........................................... 71
Elizabeth Barrett Browning’s ‘Aurora
Leigh’ ...............................................90
Essays in Criminal Law in Honour
of Sir Gerald Gordon....................... 99
Essays on Deleuze ............................... 80
Essays on World War I, 1st .................102
European Multiculturalisms ............... 93
Evil in Contemporary
Political Theory................................ 93
Evolution and the Emergent Self .........25
Faderman, Lillian ..................................52
Falling Through the Cracks ................. 79
Fixing the Sky ....................................... 50
Fleming, James Rodger ....................... 50
Food and Faith in Christian Culture.... 47
Forst, Rainer. Translated
by Jeffrey Flynn ................................ 22
Framing Pictures ................................. 80
Freeman, Nicholas ............................ 100
French Global ....................................... 53
Gallant, Thomas W. ............................ .96
Garde-Hansen, Joanne ........................ 82
Gibson, Andrew ....................................85
Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari......... 53
Gilmour, John .................................... 100
Gilmour, John .................................... 100
Global Palestine....................................43
Globalectics ..........................................16
Governance Without a State ............... 70
Gray, Colin............................................69
Grondin, Jean. Translated by
Lukas Soderstrom ............................61
Gunn, Simon; Faire, Lucy .................. 100
Gurman, Hannah .................................72
Haddock, Bruce; Roberts, Peri;
Sutch, Peter ..................................... 93
Harvey, Paul, and Edward
J. Blum, eds. ................................... .65
Haug, Karl Erik, and
Ole Jørgen Maaø, eds. .................... 69
Hermeneutic Communism ................... 9
Hideous Progeny ................................. 74
Hindu Widow Marriage....................... 64
Hiroshima After Iraq ............................58
Hirsch, Marianne, and
Nancy K. Miller, eds. ........................73
History and Repetition ........................ 49
Hogg, James; McCue, Kirsteen ........... 92
Holy Ignorance ..................................... 51
Howe, Marvine .....................................41
Hroub, Khalid, ed. ............................... 66
Huang, Fan. Translated
by John Balcom ............................... 28
Hudson, Valerie M., Bonnie
Ballif-Spanvill, Mary Caprioli,
and Chad F. Emmett ....................... 36
Hyping Health Risks............................ 56
Intelligence and U.S. Foreign Policy .... 13
Intermittency ........................................85
Introduction to Metaphysics ................61
Introductions and Notes from the
Magnum Opus edition of 1829-33, 1
......................................................... 92
AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX
1895 .................................................... 100
A Confiscated Memory ......................... 71
A Desert Named Peace ....................... 59
A Historical Companion to
Postcolonial Literatures .................. 87
A Military History of Scotland ............ 101
A Polyethnic Region in East-Central
Europe, 1st......................................103
A Radical Philosophy of Saint Paul .....60
Abu Dhabi .............................................54
Acts of God and Man ...........................23
Adamek, Wendi L................................. 64
Afterness .............................................. 62
Air Power for Strategic Effect .............. 69
Al Andalus Rediscovered ......................41
Albala, Ken, and Trudy Eden, eds. ...... 47
American Force .....................................37
American Smart Cinema ..................... 80
American Theatre .................................81
An Introduction to
Regional Englishes .......................... 98
Apoha ................................................... 62
Asia’s Space Race ................................ 26
Backley, Phillip ..................................... 97
Badiou and Plato ..................................85
Banished to the Homeland ................. 74
Banks, William C., ed ...........................32
Bartlett, A. J. .........................................85
Beach, Sylvia, and Keri Walsh ..............52
Beal, Joan ............................................. 98
Beal, Joan, Lourdes Burbano-Elizondo,
and Carmen Llamas ........................ 98
Beemyn, Brett Genny, and Susan R.
Rankin.............................................. 78
Belkin, Aaron ....................................... 20
Bennett, Brian ......................................40
Berman, Jessica ................................... 74
Berzoff, Joan, ed ................................. .79
Betts, Richard K ....................................37
Bibliography of the Holocaust in
Hungary, 1st ...................................102
Bignall, Simone ................................... 84
Black, Antony ....................................... 94
Bonnefoy, Laurent................................ 66
Bonnin, Michel Translated from French
by Krystyna Horko ..........................105
Bourdaghs, Michael ............................ 29
Bowden, Sean ...................................... 84
Boyd, Brian ...........................................14
Braham, Randolph L., editor ..............102
Braham, Randolph L., editor ..............103
Braidotti, Rosi .......................................34
Breton, Stanislas. Introduction by Ward
Blanton and Translated by Joseph N.
Ballan ...............................................60
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!117
Islam Through Western Eyes ............ 12
Jacobs, Steven .................................. 80
Kabat, Geoffrey C. .............................56
Kafu, Nagai. Translated by
Stephen Snyder ............................. 57
Karatani, Kojin, and Seiji M.
Lippit, eds..................................... 49
Kiesling, Scott F. ...............................97
Kim, Won Bae and Yue-man Yeung,
Sang-Chuel Choe.........................106
Kiss, Gyöngy Kovács, editor ............ 103
Kristeva, Julia ..................................... 52
Kristeva, Julia. Translated by
Jody Gladding ..................................6
Kritzman, Lawrence D ...................... .58
Kuru, Ahmet T., and Alfred
Stepan, eds .....................................31
Lambert, Robert.................................67
Lange, Christian; Mecit, Songul ...... 94
Lauri Karvonen ................................ 107
le Billon, Philippe ..............................42
Learning to Emulate the Wise .........104
Lineages of Political Society ..............30
Linguistic Variation and Change .......97
Linguistic Variation and Change .......97
Lyons, Jonathan ................................. 12
MacCormick’s Scotland ................... 99
Mahatma Gandhi .............................. 33
Makeham, John ...............................104
Mandaville, Peter,
and Terence Lyons, eds .................38
Marcus, James, and the Staff of the
Columbia Journalism Review, eds ..4
Marincola, John;
Llewellyn-Jones, Lloyd ...................97
Martinez, Luis ................................... 68
Martinez, Michele ............................ 90
Martin-Jones, David;
Brown, William.............................. 83
McDaniel, Justin Thomas .................63
McDonald, Christie, and
Susan Rubin Suleiman, eds. ........ 53
Media and Memory ...........................82
Media and Popular Music .................82
Meditations of a Buddhist Skeptic ..... 3
Meijer, Roel, and Edwin Bakker, eds .67
Memory, Trauma, and History .......... 73
Meyer, Claude ....................................27
Miller, Joshua .....................................78
Mills, Peter .........................................82
Modern Korean Drama ..................... 57
Modernism At the Barricades ........... 17
Modernist Commitments .................74
118!|!FA L L
2011
Moloughney, Brian
and Peter Zarrow ........................104
Moltz, James Clay ..............................26
Moments of Uncertainty in
Therapeutic Practice......................79
Morton, Graeme .............................. 101
Mukhopadhyay, Bhaskar ...................39
Mute Speech ........................................7
My Life with the Taliban .....................51
Nance, Richard F ...............................63
Nattrass, Nicoli .................................24
Neubauer, Raymond L. .................... .25
Neurogastronomy ...............................2
New Battlefields/Old Laws ............... 32
Ngugi wa Thiong’o ............................ 16
Nichols, Richard, ed. ....................... .57
Nomadic Theory ................................34
Noudelmann, François......................48
Obeyesekere, Gananath ....................44
Odd Girls and Twilight Lovers .......... 52
Ourselves and Others, second edition
..................................................... 101
Perkins, Claire ................................... 80
Peter Pastor & Graydon
A. Tunstall, eds. .......................... 102
Phonology ..........................................97
Piette, Adam; Rawlinson, Mark.........88
Pillar, Paul R ...................................... .13
Poddar, Prem; Patke, Rajeev;
Jensen, Lars ...................................87
Poetry, 2nd Edition, 2 ....................... 90
Politics and Society in Saudi Arabia 68
Politics From Afar ..............................38
Postcolonial Agency ..........................84
Power and Politics in the
Persian Gulf Monarchies .............. 21
Powers, Michael R ............................ .23
Psychosocial Capacity Building in
Response to Disasters ..................78
Ranciere, Jacques. Introduction by
Gabriel Rockhill and Translated by
James Swenson ...............................7
Redhead, Steve .................................. 81
Refiguring the Spiritual ......................8
Reilly, James ....................................... 75
Religious Broadcasting in the
Middle East .................................. 66
Research Methods for History ........100
Richter, Gerhard ................................62
Rimer, J. Thomas, and
Van C. Gessel, eds. ....................... 75
Risse, Thomas, ed. ............................70
Rites of Return ................................... 73
Rivalry ................................................ 57
Roth, Michael S. ................................ 73
Roy, Olivier ..........................................51
Ryan, Judith....................................... 46
Salafism in Yemen ............................ 66
Samad, Yunas .................................... 18
Saxon, Theresa .................................. 81
Sayonara Amerika,
Sayonara Nippon ..........................29
Scott, Walter; Alexander, J. H. ...........92
Second Read ........................................4
Sex and World Peace .........................36
Shaery-Eisenlohr, Roschanack .......... 55
Shepherd, Gordon ...............................2
Shi’ite Lebanon .................................. 55
Siderits, Mark, Tom Tillemans, and
Arindam Chakrabarti, eds. ............62
Simplify, Simplify ............................... 57
Smith, Angela M. ..............................74
Smith, Daniel W. .............................. 80
Social Construction and
Social Work Practice .....................79
Soffer, Jonathan .................................56
Speaking for Buddhas .......................63
Species Matters ................................. 45
Spiers, Edward M.; Crang, Jeremy,
Strickland, Matthew .................... 101
Stafford, Fiona; Sergeant, David ....... 91
Stalking Nabokov .............................. 14
Stewart, Victoria ................................ 91
Stiglitz, Joseph E., Aaron S. Edlin, and
J. Bradford DeLong, eds. ..............56
Stonebridge, Lyndsey ........................89
Strachan, John; Terry, Richard .......... 90
Strong Society, Smart State ............... 75
Strozier, Charles B. ...........................10
Studies in the History of Early
Modern Transylvania, 1st ............ 103
Suhrke, Astri ...................................... 19
Sweden, the Swastika and Stalin ....100
Sweden, the Swastika, and Stalin ...100
Szarka, László, editor ...................... 103
Szvák, Gyula .................................... 102
Tabb, William K. ................................ 35
Taylor, Mark C. ....................................8
The AIDS Conspiracy .........................24
The American Society of
Magazine Editors ............................ 5
The Auschwitz Reports and the
Holocaust in Hungary, 1st .......... 103
The Awakened Ones ..........................44
The Best American Magazine
Writing 2011..................................... 5
The Violence of
Petrodollar Regimes .................... 68
The Work of Giorgio Agamben.......... 85
The Worst-Kept Secret ....................... 54
This Incredible Need to Believe ........ 52
This, Herve. Translated by
Jody Gladding ................................50
Thomas Lindemann ........................ 107
Thompson, Michael J ........................59
Thornton Burnett, Mark; Streete,
Adrian; Wray, Ramona ..................88
Transforming History ......................104
Triandafyllidou, Anna; Modood, Tariq;
Meer, Nasar ...................................93
Underhill, James ............................... 98
Unlikely Collaboration ....................... 15
Until the Fires Stopped Burning .......10
Urban North-Eastern English:
Tyneside to Teesside .................... 98
Van Anglen, Kevin P. ......................... 57
Vattimo, Gianni,
and Santiago Zabala .......................9
Vega, Cesar, Job Ubbink, and Erik van
der Linden, eds., Foreword by
Jeffrey Steingarten ........................... 1
Vidyasagar, Ishvarchandra. Translated
by Brian A. Hatcher...................... 64
Walker, Neil ....................................... 99
Wallace, B. Alan ................................... 3
Wars of Plunder .................................42
Waska, Robert ....................................79
We Have Never Been Postmodern ... 81
Weiss, Yfaat ...................................... 71
When More Is Less............................ 19
Will, Barbara ...................................... 15
Witkin, Stanley L., ed. .......................79
Women in Iraq ................................... 71
Yizraeli, Sarah ................................... 68
Zaeef, Abdul Salam; Translated from
the Pashto and Introduced by Alex
Strick van Linschoten and
Felix Kuehn .....................................51
Zero and Other Fictions ....................28
The Columbia Anthology of Modern
Japanese Literature,
Abridged Edition ........................... 75
The Columbia Guide to Religion in
American History ..........................65
The Dissent Papers............................72
The Economists’ Voice ......................56
The Edinburgh Companion to
Shakespeare and the Arts .............88
The Edinburgh Companion to
Twentieth-Century British and
American War Literature ...............88
The Edinburgh History of the Greeks,
1774 to 1909 ................................. 96
The Fabulous Imagination ................ 58
The Fate of Wonder............................ 61
The Greatest Grid ...............................11
The Greeks and Their Pasts in the
Archaic and Classical Ages ...........97
The History of Islamic Political
Thought, 2 .................................... 94
The Judicial Imagination ...................89
The Kitchen as Laboratory ................... 1
The Last Dictatorship in Europe ...... 40
The Letters of Sylvia Beach................ 52
The Lives of Transgender People ......78
The Lost Generation ........................ 105
The Lovelorn Ghost and the
Magical Monk ...............................63
The Muslim Brotherhood
in Europe .......................................67
The Novel After Theory..................... 46
The Origins of Schizophrenia ...........77
The Pakistan-US Conundrum............ 18
The Personalisation of Politics ........ 107
The Philosopher’s Touch ...................48
The Politics of Inequality ..................59
The Priority of Events.........................84
The Restructuring of
Capitalism in Our Time ................ 35
The Right to Justification ...................22
The Rumor of Globalization ..............39
The Russian Paradigm:
Contemplations of a Hungarian
Russophile, 1st.............................102
The Second World War in
Contemporary British Fiction ....... 91
The Seljuqs........................................ 94
The Severed Head ...............................6
The Teachings of Master Wuzhu.......64
The Transformation of Muslim
Mystical Thought in the
Ottoman Empire .......................... 96
C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U !|!119
CLIENT PRESSES
SUBAGENTS FOR COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS
CHINESE
KO R E A N
C O LU M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S
Joanne Yang
Bardon Chinese Media Agency
3F, No. 150 Roosevelt Road
Section 2
Taipei 100, TAIWAN
tel: (886) 2 236 44995
fax: (886) 2 236 41967
[email protected]
Jeffrey Kim
Best Literary & Rights Agency
#404, 397-9, Hapjung-dong
Mapo-gu, Seoul (121-220)
IS THE DISTRIBUTOR OF TITLES FROM
Whitney Hsu
Sales Representative
Andrew Nurnberg
Associates International
10F, No. 170, Sec. 4,
Nan-King East Rd.
Tapei 105, TAIWAN
tel: (886) 2 236 44995
fax: (886) 2 236 41967
Ms. Yumi Chun
Bestun Korea
#312 Seoktop Officetel
1588-7 Seocho-dong,
Seocho-gu
137-073 Seoul, KOREA
[email protected]
Jackie Huang
Andrew Nurnberg
Associates International
Room 1705
Culture Square
No.59 Jia
Zhongguancun Street
Haidian District
Beijing, 100872, P.R. CHINA
tel: (86) 10 888 10959
fax: (86) 10 888 19160
[email protected]
DUTCH
Uli Rushby-Smith
72 Plimsoll Road, Islington
N4 2EE London
UNITED KINGDOM
tel/fax: (44) 207 354 2718
[email protected]
GERMAN
Peter Fritz
Paul & Peter Fritz AG
Postfach 1773
8032 Zurich, SWITZERLAND
tel: (41) 1 388 4140
fax: (41) 1 388 4130
[email protected]
I TA L I A N
Pina von Prellwitz
EULAMA Agency
Via Guido de Ruggiero 28
I-00142 Rome, ITALY
tel: (39) 6 540 7309
fax: (39) 6 540 8772
[email protected]
J A PA N E S E
Tsutomu Yawata
The English Agency
Sakuragi Bldg, 4F
6-7-3 Minami Aoyama, Minato-ku
107-0062 Tokyo, JAPAN
tel: (81) 3 3406 5385
fax: (81) 3 3406 5387
[email protected]
120!|!FA L L
2011
T H E S E P R E S S E S . P L E A S E C O N TAC T
E AC H P R E S S D I R E C T LY R E G A R D I N G
EDITORIAL INQUIRIES AND RIGHTS.
KOREA (SOUTH)
tel: (82) 502 333 2794
fax: (82) 2 323 2795
[email protected]
Eric Yang Agency
3F, e B/D, 54-7
Banpo-dong, Seocho-ku
137-803 Seoul, KOREA
tel: (82) 2 529 3356
fax: (82) 2 592 3359
[email protected]
Ms. MiSook Hong
Korea Copyright Center
Gyonghigung-achim
Officetel Rm. 520
Compound 3, Naesu-dong
72 Chongno
Seoul, 110-070, KOREA
tel: (82) 2 725 3350
fax: (82) 2 725 3612
POLISH
Maria Starz-Kanska
GRAAL Ltd. Literary Agency
ul. Radna 12/15
00-341 Warsaw, POLAND
tel: (48) 22 828 1284
fax: (48) 22 828 0880
PORTUGUESE
Karin Schindler, Literary Agent
Caixa Postal 19051
04505-970 Sao Paolo, BRAZIL
tel: (55) 11 5041 9177
fax: (55) 11 5041 9077
[email protected]
S PA N I S H
Raquel de la Concha
Agencia Literaria RDC
c/Fernando VI, 15, 3 derecha
28004 Madrid, SPAIN
tel: (34) 91 308 5585
fax: (34) 91 308 5600
[email protected]
TURKISH
Attila Akcali
Akcali Copyright Trade
Bahariye Cad. 8/6, Kadikoy
81300 Istanbul, TURKEY
tel: (90) 216 338 8771
fax: (90) 216 349 0778
[email protected]
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
BUDDHIST STUDIES
Columbia University
80 Claremont Avenue, Room 303
New York, NY 10027
www.aibs.columbia.edu
AUTEUR PUBLISHING
The Old Surgery
9 Pulford Road
Leighton Buzzard LU7 1AB
www.auteur.co.uk
in the USA, its possessions, Canada, and
Latin America (selected titles)
The Chinese University of Hong
Kong,
Sha Tin, New Territories, Hong Kong
www.chineseupress.com
EAST EUROPEAN MONOGRAPHS
4800 Baseline Rd. E-104-403
Boulder, CO 80303
22 George Square
Edinburgh EH 8 Scotland
www.eup.ed.ac.uk
in the USA, its possessions, and Latin
America (selected titles)
EUROPEAN CONSORTIUM FOR
POLITICAL RESEARCH
University of Essex
Wivenhoe Park, Colchester
Essex co4 3sq
www.essex.ac.uk/ecpr
SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH
COUNCIL
810 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
www.ssrc.org
U N I V E R S I T Y O F T O K YO P R E S S
7-3-1 Hongo, Bunkyo-ku
Tokyo 113-91, Japan
Wallflower Press
97 Sclater Street
London E1 6HR
www.wallflowerpress.co.uk
in the USA, its possessions, Canada,
and Latin America (selected titles)

The Kitchen as Laboratory

Transcription

Similar documents

Glass instructions

Guest Book Options

Shop Online: JamiMark.norwex.biz

Let Us Get You There!

Arcot - Master template - ARCOT Manufacturing Corporation

Top 10 reasons to love Columbia, Mo.

How to Create eBook Access Cards

my.hrw.com

Saint Seiya Atlantis Chapter 1